Is it time to abandon fasting for routine lipid testing?

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Is it time to abandon fasting for routine lipid testing?

Yes. The time has come to change the way we think about fasting before routine lipid testing. We now have robust evidence supporting the routine use of nonfasting lipid testing. Fasting lipid testing is rarely needed, but may be considered for patients with very high triglycerides or before starting treatment in patients with genetic lipid disorders. For most patients, nonfasting lipid testing is appropriate: it is evidence-based, safe, valid, and convenient. More widespread adoption of this strategy by US healthcare providers would improve quality of care and patient and clinician satisfaction.

GUIDELINES HAVE CHANGED

In 2014, the US Department of Veterans Affairs practice guidelines recommended nonfasting lipid testing for cardiovascular risk assessment.1 Other recent clinical guidelines and expert consensus statements from Europe and Canada now also recommend nonfasting lipid testing for most routine clinical evaluations.

Physiologically, we spend most of our lives in the nonfasting state, yet fasting lipid testing was standard practice advocated by earlier clinical guidelines. The rationale for fasting before measuring lipids was to reduce variability and to allow for a more accurate derivation of the low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) concentration using the Friedewald formula. There was also concern that an increase in triglyceride concentrations after consuming a fatty meal would reduce the validity of the results. However, numerous studies have found that the increase in plasma triglycerides after normal food intake is much less than that during a fat-tolerance test, making this less of a concern for most patients.2,3

In addition, recent studies suggest that postprandial effects do not diminish and may even strengthen the risk associations of lipids with cardiovascular disease, in particular for triglycerides.4 Moreover, in certain patients, such as those with metabolic syndrome, diabetes mellitus, or certain genetic abnormalities, fasting can mask abnormalities in triglyceride-rich lipid metabolism, which may only be detected when triglycerides are measured in a nonfasting state. Nonfasting measurements may identify patients with elevated residual risk despite optimal guideline-based treatment.

In 2016, a joint consensus statement of the European Atherosclerosis Society and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine5 recommended nonfasting lipid testing as the new standard for lipid measurement, with fasting lipid testing considered for patients with triglyceride levels over 400 mg/dL (5 mmol/L). The statement also recommends that nonfasting triglyceride levels greater than or equal to 175 mg/dL (2 mmol/L) should be considered elevated as compared with the 150 mg/dL (1.7 mmol/L) traditionally used for fasting panels.

Recently published recommendations for nonfasting lipid testing for routine assessments are summarized in Table 1.1,5–11

EFFECTS OF THE POSTPRANDIAL STATE ON LIPID LEVELS AND RISK ASSESSMENT

A common concern for clinicians who do not routinely order nonfasting lipid testing is the potential variability in lipid levels and interpretation of these values for treatment decisions. But in most circumstances the differences between fasting and nonfasting measurements are small and are not clinically relevant. Differences in high-density lipoprotein  cholesterol (HDL-C) are negligible; slightly lower levels are seen (up to −8 mg/dL) for nonfasting total cholesterol, LDL-C, and non-HDL-C compared with fasting levels; and differences are modest (up to 25 mg/dL higher) for triglycerides.5 These data should reassure clinicians who rely on lipid levels to guide management decisions.9

Cardiovascular risk assessment

Current algorithms for assessing risk of cardiovascular disease use total cholesterol and HDL-C, not triglycerides or LDL-C. Hence, eating has no effect on the risk estimates.

For clinicians who prefer an absolute lipid target for managing risk in patients on lipid-modifying therapy, a nonfasting LDL-C or non-HDL-C (or apolipoprotein B) may be used. The non-HDL-C level is a better risk marker than LDL-C, particularly in patients with low LDL-C or with triglyceride levels of 200 mg/dL or higher.12 Treatment goals for non-HDL-C are 30 mg/dL higher than for LDL-C (fasting or nonfasting). In addition, for these patients with low LDL-C or high triglycerides, a new LDL-C calculation method has more consistent results for fasting and nonfasting values than the commonly used Friedewald calculation.12

 

 

EVIDENCE SUPPORTING NONFASTING LIPID TESTING

The adequacy of nonfasting lipid testing for general screening for cardiovascular disease has been verified in large prospective studies over the past several decades.2,13,14 These studies evaluated cardiovascular event and mortality rates and found consistent associations of nonfasting lipid levels with cardiovascular disease. Studies that included both fasting and nonfasting patient populations found similar or occasionally even greater cardiovascular risk associations for nonfasting lipid measurements (including for LDL-C and triglycerides) compared with fasting lipid measurements.

The Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration14 reviewed the data from 68 studies in more than 300,000 people and found that the relationship between lipid levels and incident cardiovascular events was just as strong when nonfasting lipid values were used. In fact, at least 3 large statin trials reviewed (a total of 43,000 people) used nonfasting lipids.14

Genetic studies using mendelian randomization have also linked nonfasting triglyceride levels (and remnant cholesterol) to an increased risk of cardiovascular events and of death from any cause.15,16

Therefore, the evidence overall suggests that nonfasting lipid measurements are acceptable with respect to risk assessment, and indeed may be preferred in most instances, especially in patients with an atherogenic metabolic milieu that may otherwise be masked by the fasting state.

OTHER BENEFITS OF NONFASTING LIPID TESTING

Nonfasting lipid panels are more economical and safer for certain groups, such as elderly or diabetic patients. A pilot study17 found that up to 27.1% of patients with diabetes reported experiencing a fasting-evoked hypoglycemic event en route to testing because of fasting for blood work. These events are vastly underreported and add to patient morbidity that can easily be avoided by adopting nonfasting lipid testing.

No study has assessed the cost-effectiveness of fasting vs nonfasting lipid testing. It is common for patients to present for their office appointment without having obtained a fasting lipid panel simply because they forgot to fast and were turned away by the laboratory. Thus, management decisions during the visit are often deferred, and patients must return to the laboratory and reschedule follow-up visits. This is inefficient, increases outpatient waiting times, and also potentially deprives others of access to needed care. Laboratory workflow can also suffer from an influx of early morning visits for fasting tests, decreasing system efficiency. Decreased efficiency in multiple levels of the healthcare system leads to increased costs, burden on healthcare providers, and decreased patient and physician satisfaction.

GETTING WITH THE GUIDELINES

The 2002 National Cholesterol Education Program expert panel report18 and the 2013 joint cholesterol guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and the American Heart Association9 both recommended that initial screening should involve fasting lipid testing, but they also allowed measuring nonfasting total cholesterol, HDL-C, and non-HDL-C.18 And internationally, there has been a shift in practice recommendations toward nonfasting lipids over the past 10 years (Table 1).

In 2014, the US Department of Veterans Affairs, the UK National Clinical Guideline Centre, and the Joint British Societies said that fasting is no longer needed for routine testing.10 In 2016, the European Atherosclerosis Society and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine recommended nonfasting lipid testing as the standard of care and provided clinically useful cut points for both fasting and nonfasting lipid measurements.5

In most guidelines, the threshold for elevated nonfasting triglycerides was defined as 175 mg/dL (≥ 2 mmol/L) or greater, and this level has been validated prospectively in a large study of US women.5,19 Repeat measurement of fasting triglycerides may be considered when nonfasting levels are greater than  400 mg/dL,5 although there is no consensus in the guidelines regarding when or if fasting triglycerides should be remeasured. (In the Danish experience,5 only 10% of patients have required repeat fasting values). In addition, the 2016 Canadian Hypertension Education Program guidelines6 removed fasting as a requirement. The 2016 Canadian Cardiovascular Society dyslipidemia guidelines7 reported that nonfasting lipid testing is a suitable alternative to fasting. Furthermore, the most recent revision of the European Society of Cardiology dyslipidemia guidelines8 acknowledged that nonfasting lipid panels are acceptable for screening and management of patients without severe hypertriglyceridemia or those with extremely low LDL-C levels.

LIMITATIONS OF THE EVIDENCE

To date, no study has assessed the predictive value of fasting vs nonfasting lipid measurements in the same individuals, and there have been no randomized outcomes trials or cost-effectiveness analyses. Ethnic variations in lipoproteins and nonfasting status also need to be investigated as nonfasting lipid testing becomes more universally accepted.

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • Robust evidence supports the routine use of nonfasting lipid testing, with fasting panels reserved potentially for patients with very high triglycerides and before starting treatment in those with genetic lipid disorders.
  • For most patients, nonfasting tests are evidence-based, safe, valid, and convenient.
  • More widespread adoption of this strategy by US healthcare providers would improve both quality of care and patient-clinician satisfaction.
References
  1. US Department of Veterans Affairs. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guidelines: the management of dyslipidemia for cardiovascular risk reduction (lipids). 2014. www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/lipids. Accessed October 18, 2017.
  2. Langsted A, Freiberg JJ, Nordestgaard BG. Fasting and nonfasting lipid levels: influence of normal food intake on lipids, lipoproteins, apolipoproteins, and cardiovascular risk prediction. Circulation 2008; 118:2047–2056.
  3. Langsted A, Nordestgaard BG. Nonfasting lipids, lipoproteins, and apolipoproteins in individuals with and without diabetes: 58 434 individuals from the Copenhagen General Population Study. Clin Chem 2011; 57:482–489.
  4. Rifai N, Young IS, Nordestgaard BG, et al. Nonfasting sample for the determination of routine lipid profile: is it an idea whose time has come? Clin Chem 2016; 62:428–435.
  5. Nordestgaard BG, Langsted A, Mora S, et al; European Atherosclerosis Society (EAS) and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine (EFLM) joint consensus initiative. Fasting is not routinely required for determination of a lipid profile: clinical and laboratory implications including flagging at desirable concentration cut-points-a joint consensus statement from the European Atherosclerosis Society and European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine. Eur Heart J 2016; 37:1944–1958.
  6. Leung AA, Nerenberg K, Daskalopoulou SS, et al; CHEP Guidelines Task Force. Hypertension Canada’s 2016 Canadian Hypertension Education Program guidelines for blood pressure measurement, diagnosis, assessment of risk, prevention, and treatment of hypertension. Can J Cardiol 2016; 32:569–588.
  7. Anderson TJ, Gregoire J, Pearson GJ, et al. 2016 Canadian Cardiovascular Society guidelines for the management of dyslipidemia for the prevention of cardiovascular disease in the adult. Can J Cardiol 2016; 32:1263–1282.
  8. Catapano AL, Graham I, De Backer G, et al; Authors/Task Force Members; Additional Contributor. 2016 ESC/EAS guidelines for the management of dyslipidaemias. Eur Heart J 2016; 37:2999–3058.
  9. Stone NJ, Robinson JG, Lichtenstein AH, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the treatment of blood cholesterol to reduce atherosclerotic cardiovascular risk in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2014; 129(suppl):S1–S45.
  10. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Cardiovascular disease: risk assessment and reduction, including lipid modification. Clinical guideline CG181. Published July 2014. Updated September 2016. www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg181. Accessed October 18, 2017.
  11. Jellinger PS, Handelsman Y, Rosenblit PD, et al. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American College of Endocrinology guidelines for management of dyslipidemia and prevention of cardiovascular disease. Endocr Pract 2017; 23(suppl 2):1–87.
  12. Martin SS, Blaha MJ, Elshazly MB, et al. Friedewald-estimated versus directly measured low-density lipoprotein cholesterol and treatment implications. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62:732–739.
  13. Mora S, Rifai N, Buring JE, Ridker PM. Fasting compared with nonfasting lipids and apolipoproteins for predicting incident cardiovascular events. Circulation 2008; 118:993–1001.
  14. Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration; Di Angelantonio E, Sarwar N, Perry P, et al. Major lipids, apolipoproteins, and risk of vascular disease. JAMA 2009; 302:1993–2000.
  15. Varbo A, Benn M, Tybjaerg-Hansen A, Jorgensen AB, Frikke-Schmidt R, Nordestgaard BG. Remnant cholesterol as a causal risk factor for ischemic heart disease. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 61:427–436.
  16. Jorgensen AB, Frikke-Schmidt R, Nordestgaard BG, Tybjærg-Hansen A. Loss-of-function mutations in APOC3 and risk of ischemic vascular disease. N Engl J Med 2014; 371:32–41.
  17. Aldasouqi S, Corser W, Abela G, et al. Fasting for lipid profiles poses a high risk of hypoglycemia in patients with diabetes: a pilot prevalence study in clinical practice. Int J Clin Med 2016; 7:1653–1667.
  18. National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III). Third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on detection, evaluation, and treatment of high blood cholesterol in adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) final report. Circulation 2002; 106:3143–3421.
  19. White KT, Moorthy MV, Akinkuolie AO, et al. Identifying an optimal cutpoint for the diagnosis of hypertriglyceridemia in the nonfasting state. Clin Chem 2015; 61:1156–1163.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Zareen Farukhi, MD
Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Samia Mora, MD, MHS
Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Medicine,
Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Samia Mora, MD, MHS, Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, 900 Commonwealth Avenue E, Boston, MA 02215; [email protected]

Dr. Farukhi was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (T32 HL007575).

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
919-922
Legacy Keywords
lipids, testing, phlebotomy, cholesterol, LDL-C, fasting, blood test, triglycerides, Zareen Farukhi, Samia Mora
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Zareen Farukhi, MD
Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Samia Mora, MD, MHS
Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Medicine,
Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Samia Mora, MD, MHS, Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, 900 Commonwealth Avenue E, Boston, MA 02215; [email protected]

Dr. Farukhi was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (T32 HL007575).

Author and Disclosure Information

Zareen Farukhi, MD
Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Samia Mora, MD, MHS
Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Medicine,
Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Samia Mora, MD, MHS, Center for Lipid Metabolomics, Division of Preventive Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, 900 Commonwealth Avenue E, Boston, MA 02215; [email protected]

Dr. Farukhi was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (T32 HL007575).

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Yes. The time has come to change the way we think about fasting before routine lipid testing. We now have robust evidence supporting the routine use of nonfasting lipid testing. Fasting lipid testing is rarely needed, but may be considered for patients with very high triglycerides or before starting treatment in patients with genetic lipid disorders. For most patients, nonfasting lipid testing is appropriate: it is evidence-based, safe, valid, and convenient. More widespread adoption of this strategy by US healthcare providers would improve quality of care and patient and clinician satisfaction.

GUIDELINES HAVE CHANGED

In 2014, the US Department of Veterans Affairs practice guidelines recommended nonfasting lipid testing for cardiovascular risk assessment.1 Other recent clinical guidelines and expert consensus statements from Europe and Canada now also recommend nonfasting lipid testing for most routine clinical evaluations.

Physiologically, we spend most of our lives in the nonfasting state, yet fasting lipid testing was standard practice advocated by earlier clinical guidelines. The rationale for fasting before measuring lipids was to reduce variability and to allow for a more accurate derivation of the low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) concentration using the Friedewald formula. There was also concern that an increase in triglyceride concentrations after consuming a fatty meal would reduce the validity of the results. However, numerous studies have found that the increase in plasma triglycerides after normal food intake is much less than that during a fat-tolerance test, making this less of a concern for most patients.2,3

In addition, recent studies suggest that postprandial effects do not diminish and may even strengthen the risk associations of lipids with cardiovascular disease, in particular for triglycerides.4 Moreover, in certain patients, such as those with metabolic syndrome, diabetes mellitus, or certain genetic abnormalities, fasting can mask abnormalities in triglyceride-rich lipid metabolism, which may only be detected when triglycerides are measured in a nonfasting state. Nonfasting measurements may identify patients with elevated residual risk despite optimal guideline-based treatment.

In 2016, a joint consensus statement of the European Atherosclerosis Society and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine5 recommended nonfasting lipid testing as the new standard for lipid measurement, with fasting lipid testing considered for patients with triglyceride levels over 400 mg/dL (5 mmol/L). The statement also recommends that nonfasting triglyceride levels greater than or equal to 175 mg/dL (2 mmol/L) should be considered elevated as compared with the 150 mg/dL (1.7 mmol/L) traditionally used for fasting panels.

Recently published recommendations for nonfasting lipid testing for routine assessments are summarized in Table 1.1,5–11

EFFECTS OF THE POSTPRANDIAL STATE ON LIPID LEVELS AND RISK ASSESSMENT

A common concern for clinicians who do not routinely order nonfasting lipid testing is the potential variability in lipid levels and interpretation of these values for treatment decisions. But in most circumstances the differences between fasting and nonfasting measurements are small and are not clinically relevant. Differences in high-density lipoprotein  cholesterol (HDL-C) are negligible; slightly lower levels are seen (up to −8 mg/dL) for nonfasting total cholesterol, LDL-C, and non-HDL-C compared with fasting levels; and differences are modest (up to 25 mg/dL higher) for triglycerides.5 These data should reassure clinicians who rely on lipid levels to guide management decisions.9

Cardiovascular risk assessment

Current algorithms for assessing risk of cardiovascular disease use total cholesterol and HDL-C, not triglycerides or LDL-C. Hence, eating has no effect on the risk estimates.

For clinicians who prefer an absolute lipid target for managing risk in patients on lipid-modifying therapy, a nonfasting LDL-C or non-HDL-C (or apolipoprotein B) may be used. The non-HDL-C level is a better risk marker than LDL-C, particularly in patients with low LDL-C or with triglyceride levels of 200 mg/dL or higher.12 Treatment goals for non-HDL-C are 30 mg/dL higher than for LDL-C (fasting or nonfasting). In addition, for these patients with low LDL-C or high triglycerides, a new LDL-C calculation method has more consistent results for fasting and nonfasting values than the commonly used Friedewald calculation.12

 

 

EVIDENCE SUPPORTING NONFASTING LIPID TESTING

The adequacy of nonfasting lipid testing for general screening for cardiovascular disease has been verified in large prospective studies over the past several decades.2,13,14 These studies evaluated cardiovascular event and mortality rates and found consistent associations of nonfasting lipid levels with cardiovascular disease. Studies that included both fasting and nonfasting patient populations found similar or occasionally even greater cardiovascular risk associations for nonfasting lipid measurements (including for LDL-C and triglycerides) compared with fasting lipid measurements.

The Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration14 reviewed the data from 68 studies in more than 300,000 people and found that the relationship between lipid levels and incident cardiovascular events was just as strong when nonfasting lipid values were used. In fact, at least 3 large statin trials reviewed (a total of 43,000 people) used nonfasting lipids.14

Genetic studies using mendelian randomization have also linked nonfasting triglyceride levels (and remnant cholesterol) to an increased risk of cardiovascular events and of death from any cause.15,16

Therefore, the evidence overall suggests that nonfasting lipid measurements are acceptable with respect to risk assessment, and indeed may be preferred in most instances, especially in patients with an atherogenic metabolic milieu that may otherwise be masked by the fasting state.

OTHER BENEFITS OF NONFASTING LIPID TESTING

Nonfasting lipid panels are more economical and safer for certain groups, such as elderly or diabetic patients. A pilot study17 found that up to 27.1% of patients with diabetes reported experiencing a fasting-evoked hypoglycemic event en route to testing because of fasting for blood work. These events are vastly underreported and add to patient morbidity that can easily be avoided by adopting nonfasting lipid testing.

No study has assessed the cost-effectiveness of fasting vs nonfasting lipid testing. It is common for patients to present for their office appointment without having obtained a fasting lipid panel simply because they forgot to fast and were turned away by the laboratory. Thus, management decisions during the visit are often deferred, and patients must return to the laboratory and reschedule follow-up visits. This is inefficient, increases outpatient waiting times, and also potentially deprives others of access to needed care. Laboratory workflow can also suffer from an influx of early morning visits for fasting tests, decreasing system efficiency. Decreased efficiency in multiple levels of the healthcare system leads to increased costs, burden on healthcare providers, and decreased patient and physician satisfaction.

GETTING WITH THE GUIDELINES

The 2002 National Cholesterol Education Program expert panel report18 and the 2013 joint cholesterol guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and the American Heart Association9 both recommended that initial screening should involve fasting lipid testing, but they also allowed measuring nonfasting total cholesterol, HDL-C, and non-HDL-C.18 And internationally, there has been a shift in practice recommendations toward nonfasting lipids over the past 10 years (Table 1).

In 2014, the US Department of Veterans Affairs, the UK National Clinical Guideline Centre, and the Joint British Societies said that fasting is no longer needed for routine testing.10 In 2016, the European Atherosclerosis Society and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine recommended nonfasting lipid testing as the standard of care and provided clinically useful cut points for both fasting and nonfasting lipid measurements.5

In most guidelines, the threshold for elevated nonfasting triglycerides was defined as 175 mg/dL (≥ 2 mmol/L) or greater, and this level has been validated prospectively in a large study of US women.5,19 Repeat measurement of fasting triglycerides may be considered when nonfasting levels are greater than  400 mg/dL,5 although there is no consensus in the guidelines regarding when or if fasting triglycerides should be remeasured. (In the Danish experience,5 only 10% of patients have required repeat fasting values). In addition, the 2016 Canadian Hypertension Education Program guidelines6 removed fasting as a requirement. The 2016 Canadian Cardiovascular Society dyslipidemia guidelines7 reported that nonfasting lipid testing is a suitable alternative to fasting. Furthermore, the most recent revision of the European Society of Cardiology dyslipidemia guidelines8 acknowledged that nonfasting lipid panels are acceptable for screening and management of patients without severe hypertriglyceridemia or those with extremely low LDL-C levels.

LIMITATIONS OF THE EVIDENCE

To date, no study has assessed the predictive value of fasting vs nonfasting lipid measurements in the same individuals, and there have been no randomized outcomes trials or cost-effectiveness analyses. Ethnic variations in lipoproteins and nonfasting status also need to be investigated as nonfasting lipid testing becomes more universally accepted.

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • Robust evidence supports the routine use of nonfasting lipid testing, with fasting panels reserved potentially for patients with very high triglycerides and before starting treatment in those with genetic lipid disorders.
  • For most patients, nonfasting tests are evidence-based, safe, valid, and convenient.
  • More widespread adoption of this strategy by US healthcare providers would improve both quality of care and patient-clinician satisfaction.

Yes. The time has come to change the way we think about fasting before routine lipid testing. We now have robust evidence supporting the routine use of nonfasting lipid testing. Fasting lipid testing is rarely needed, but may be considered for patients with very high triglycerides or before starting treatment in patients with genetic lipid disorders. For most patients, nonfasting lipid testing is appropriate: it is evidence-based, safe, valid, and convenient. More widespread adoption of this strategy by US healthcare providers would improve quality of care and patient and clinician satisfaction.

GUIDELINES HAVE CHANGED

In 2014, the US Department of Veterans Affairs practice guidelines recommended nonfasting lipid testing for cardiovascular risk assessment.1 Other recent clinical guidelines and expert consensus statements from Europe and Canada now also recommend nonfasting lipid testing for most routine clinical evaluations.

Physiologically, we spend most of our lives in the nonfasting state, yet fasting lipid testing was standard practice advocated by earlier clinical guidelines. The rationale for fasting before measuring lipids was to reduce variability and to allow for a more accurate derivation of the low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) concentration using the Friedewald formula. There was also concern that an increase in triglyceride concentrations after consuming a fatty meal would reduce the validity of the results. However, numerous studies have found that the increase in plasma triglycerides after normal food intake is much less than that during a fat-tolerance test, making this less of a concern for most patients.2,3

In addition, recent studies suggest that postprandial effects do not diminish and may even strengthen the risk associations of lipids with cardiovascular disease, in particular for triglycerides.4 Moreover, in certain patients, such as those with metabolic syndrome, diabetes mellitus, or certain genetic abnormalities, fasting can mask abnormalities in triglyceride-rich lipid metabolism, which may only be detected when triglycerides are measured in a nonfasting state. Nonfasting measurements may identify patients with elevated residual risk despite optimal guideline-based treatment.

In 2016, a joint consensus statement of the European Atherosclerosis Society and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine5 recommended nonfasting lipid testing as the new standard for lipid measurement, with fasting lipid testing considered for patients with triglyceride levels over 400 mg/dL (5 mmol/L). The statement also recommends that nonfasting triglyceride levels greater than or equal to 175 mg/dL (2 mmol/L) should be considered elevated as compared with the 150 mg/dL (1.7 mmol/L) traditionally used for fasting panels.

Recently published recommendations for nonfasting lipid testing for routine assessments are summarized in Table 1.1,5–11

EFFECTS OF THE POSTPRANDIAL STATE ON LIPID LEVELS AND RISK ASSESSMENT

A common concern for clinicians who do not routinely order nonfasting lipid testing is the potential variability in lipid levels and interpretation of these values for treatment decisions. But in most circumstances the differences between fasting and nonfasting measurements are small and are not clinically relevant. Differences in high-density lipoprotein  cholesterol (HDL-C) are negligible; slightly lower levels are seen (up to −8 mg/dL) for nonfasting total cholesterol, LDL-C, and non-HDL-C compared with fasting levels; and differences are modest (up to 25 mg/dL higher) for triglycerides.5 These data should reassure clinicians who rely on lipid levels to guide management decisions.9

Cardiovascular risk assessment

Current algorithms for assessing risk of cardiovascular disease use total cholesterol and HDL-C, not triglycerides or LDL-C. Hence, eating has no effect on the risk estimates.

For clinicians who prefer an absolute lipid target for managing risk in patients on lipid-modifying therapy, a nonfasting LDL-C or non-HDL-C (or apolipoprotein B) may be used. The non-HDL-C level is a better risk marker than LDL-C, particularly in patients with low LDL-C or with triglyceride levels of 200 mg/dL or higher.12 Treatment goals for non-HDL-C are 30 mg/dL higher than for LDL-C (fasting or nonfasting). In addition, for these patients with low LDL-C or high triglycerides, a new LDL-C calculation method has more consistent results for fasting and nonfasting values than the commonly used Friedewald calculation.12

 

 

EVIDENCE SUPPORTING NONFASTING LIPID TESTING

The adequacy of nonfasting lipid testing for general screening for cardiovascular disease has been verified in large prospective studies over the past several decades.2,13,14 These studies evaluated cardiovascular event and mortality rates and found consistent associations of nonfasting lipid levels with cardiovascular disease. Studies that included both fasting and nonfasting patient populations found similar or occasionally even greater cardiovascular risk associations for nonfasting lipid measurements (including for LDL-C and triglycerides) compared with fasting lipid measurements.

The Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration14 reviewed the data from 68 studies in more than 300,000 people and found that the relationship between lipid levels and incident cardiovascular events was just as strong when nonfasting lipid values were used. In fact, at least 3 large statin trials reviewed (a total of 43,000 people) used nonfasting lipids.14

Genetic studies using mendelian randomization have also linked nonfasting triglyceride levels (and remnant cholesterol) to an increased risk of cardiovascular events and of death from any cause.15,16

Therefore, the evidence overall suggests that nonfasting lipid measurements are acceptable with respect to risk assessment, and indeed may be preferred in most instances, especially in patients with an atherogenic metabolic milieu that may otherwise be masked by the fasting state.

OTHER BENEFITS OF NONFASTING LIPID TESTING

Nonfasting lipid panels are more economical and safer for certain groups, such as elderly or diabetic patients. A pilot study17 found that up to 27.1% of patients with diabetes reported experiencing a fasting-evoked hypoglycemic event en route to testing because of fasting for blood work. These events are vastly underreported and add to patient morbidity that can easily be avoided by adopting nonfasting lipid testing.

No study has assessed the cost-effectiveness of fasting vs nonfasting lipid testing. It is common for patients to present for their office appointment without having obtained a fasting lipid panel simply because they forgot to fast and were turned away by the laboratory. Thus, management decisions during the visit are often deferred, and patients must return to the laboratory and reschedule follow-up visits. This is inefficient, increases outpatient waiting times, and also potentially deprives others of access to needed care. Laboratory workflow can also suffer from an influx of early morning visits for fasting tests, decreasing system efficiency. Decreased efficiency in multiple levels of the healthcare system leads to increased costs, burden on healthcare providers, and decreased patient and physician satisfaction.

GETTING WITH THE GUIDELINES

The 2002 National Cholesterol Education Program expert panel report18 and the 2013 joint cholesterol guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and the American Heart Association9 both recommended that initial screening should involve fasting lipid testing, but they also allowed measuring nonfasting total cholesterol, HDL-C, and non-HDL-C.18 And internationally, there has been a shift in practice recommendations toward nonfasting lipids over the past 10 years (Table 1).

In 2014, the US Department of Veterans Affairs, the UK National Clinical Guideline Centre, and the Joint British Societies said that fasting is no longer needed for routine testing.10 In 2016, the European Atherosclerosis Society and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine recommended nonfasting lipid testing as the standard of care and provided clinically useful cut points for both fasting and nonfasting lipid measurements.5

In most guidelines, the threshold for elevated nonfasting triglycerides was defined as 175 mg/dL (≥ 2 mmol/L) or greater, and this level has been validated prospectively in a large study of US women.5,19 Repeat measurement of fasting triglycerides may be considered when nonfasting levels are greater than  400 mg/dL,5 although there is no consensus in the guidelines regarding when or if fasting triglycerides should be remeasured. (In the Danish experience,5 only 10% of patients have required repeat fasting values). In addition, the 2016 Canadian Hypertension Education Program guidelines6 removed fasting as a requirement. The 2016 Canadian Cardiovascular Society dyslipidemia guidelines7 reported that nonfasting lipid testing is a suitable alternative to fasting. Furthermore, the most recent revision of the European Society of Cardiology dyslipidemia guidelines8 acknowledged that nonfasting lipid panels are acceptable for screening and management of patients without severe hypertriglyceridemia or those with extremely low LDL-C levels.

LIMITATIONS OF THE EVIDENCE

To date, no study has assessed the predictive value of fasting vs nonfasting lipid measurements in the same individuals, and there have been no randomized outcomes trials or cost-effectiveness analyses. Ethnic variations in lipoproteins and nonfasting status also need to be investigated as nonfasting lipid testing becomes more universally accepted.

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • Robust evidence supports the routine use of nonfasting lipid testing, with fasting panels reserved potentially for patients with very high triglycerides and before starting treatment in those with genetic lipid disorders.
  • For most patients, nonfasting tests are evidence-based, safe, valid, and convenient.
  • More widespread adoption of this strategy by US healthcare providers would improve both quality of care and patient-clinician satisfaction.
References
  1. US Department of Veterans Affairs. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guidelines: the management of dyslipidemia for cardiovascular risk reduction (lipids). 2014. www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/lipids. Accessed October 18, 2017.
  2. Langsted A, Freiberg JJ, Nordestgaard BG. Fasting and nonfasting lipid levels: influence of normal food intake on lipids, lipoproteins, apolipoproteins, and cardiovascular risk prediction. Circulation 2008; 118:2047–2056.
  3. Langsted A, Nordestgaard BG. Nonfasting lipids, lipoproteins, and apolipoproteins in individuals with and without diabetes: 58 434 individuals from the Copenhagen General Population Study. Clin Chem 2011; 57:482–489.
  4. Rifai N, Young IS, Nordestgaard BG, et al. Nonfasting sample for the determination of routine lipid profile: is it an idea whose time has come? Clin Chem 2016; 62:428–435.
  5. Nordestgaard BG, Langsted A, Mora S, et al; European Atherosclerosis Society (EAS) and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine (EFLM) joint consensus initiative. Fasting is not routinely required for determination of a lipid profile: clinical and laboratory implications including flagging at desirable concentration cut-points-a joint consensus statement from the European Atherosclerosis Society and European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine. Eur Heart J 2016; 37:1944–1958.
  6. Leung AA, Nerenberg K, Daskalopoulou SS, et al; CHEP Guidelines Task Force. Hypertension Canada’s 2016 Canadian Hypertension Education Program guidelines for blood pressure measurement, diagnosis, assessment of risk, prevention, and treatment of hypertension. Can J Cardiol 2016; 32:569–588.
  7. Anderson TJ, Gregoire J, Pearson GJ, et al. 2016 Canadian Cardiovascular Society guidelines for the management of dyslipidemia for the prevention of cardiovascular disease in the adult. Can J Cardiol 2016; 32:1263–1282.
  8. Catapano AL, Graham I, De Backer G, et al; Authors/Task Force Members; Additional Contributor. 2016 ESC/EAS guidelines for the management of dyslipidaemias. Eur Heart J 2016; 37:2999–3058.
  9. Stone NJ, Robinson JG, Lichtenstein AH, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the treatment of blood cholesterol to reduce atherosclerotic cardiovascular risk in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2014; 129(suppl):S1–S45.
  10. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Cardiovascular disease: risk assessment and reduction, including lipid modification. Clinical guideline CG181. Published July 2014. Updated September 2016. www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg181. Accessed October 18, 2017.
  11. Jellinger PS, Handelsman Y, Rosenblit PD, et al. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American College of Endocrinology guidelines for management of dyslipidemia and prevention of cardiovascular disease. Endocr Pract 2017; 23(suppl 2):1–87.
  12. Martin SS, Blaha MJ, Elshazly MB, et al. Friedewald-estimated versus directly measured low-density lipoprotein cholesterol and treatment implications. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62:732–739.
  13. Mora S, Rifai N, Buring JE, Ridker PM. Fasting compared with nonfasting lipids and apolipoproteins for predicting incident cardiovascular events. Circulation 2008; 118:993–1001.
  14. Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration; Di Angelantonio E, Sarwar N, Perry P, et al. Major lipids, apolipoproteins, and risk of vascular disease. JAMA 2009; 302:1993–2000.
  15. Varbo A, Benn M, Tybjaerg-Hansen A, Jorgensen AB, Frikke-Schmidt R, Nordestgaard BG. Remnant cholesterol as a causal risk factor for ischemic heart disease. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 61:427–436.
  16. Jorgensen AB, Frikke-Schmidt R, Nordestgaard BG, Tybjærg-Hansen A. Loss-of-function mutations in APOC3 and risk of ischemic vascular disease. N Engl J Med 2014; 371:32–41.
  17. Aldasouqi S, Corser W, Abela G, et al. Fasting for lipid profiles poses a high risk of hypoglycemia in patients with diabetes: a pilot prevalence study in clinical practice. Int J Clin Med 2016; 7:1653–1667.
  18. National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III). Third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on detection, evaluation, and treatment of high blood cholesterol in adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) final report. Circulation 2002; 106:3143–3421.
  19. White KT, Moorthy MV, Akinkuolie AO, et al. Identifying an optimal cutpoint for the diagnosis of hypertriglyceridemia in the nonfasting state. Clin Chem 2015; 61:1156–1163.
References
  1. US Department of Veterans Affairs. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guidelines: the management of dyslipidemia for cardiovascular risk reduction (lipids). 2014. www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/lipids. Accessed October 18, 2017.
  2. Langsted A, Freiberg JJ, Nordestgaard BG. Fasting and nonfasting lipid levels: influence of normal food intake on lipids, lipoproteins, apolipoproteins, and cardiovascular risk prediction. Circulation 2008; 118:2047–2056.
  3. Langsted A, Nordestgaard BG. Nonfasting lipids, lipoproteins, and apolipoproteins in individuals with and without diabetes: 58 434 individuals from the Copenhagen General Population Study. Clin Chem 2011; 57:482–489.
  4. Rifai N, Young IS, Nordestgaard BG, et al. Nonfasting sample for the determination of routine lipid profile: is it an idea whose time has come? Clin Chem 2016; 62:428–435.
  5. Nordestgaard BG, Langsted A, Mora S, et al; European Atherosclerosis Society (EAS) and the European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine (EFLM) joint consensus initiative. Fasting is not routinely required for determination of a lipid profile: clinical and laboratory implications including flagging at desirable concentration cut-points-a joint consensus statement from the European Atherosclerosis Society and European Federation of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine. Eur Heart J 2016; 37:1944–1958.
  6. Leung AA, Nerenberg K, Daskalopoulou SS, et al; CHEP Guidelines Task Force. Hypertension Canada’s 2016 Canadian Hypertension Education Program guidelines for blood pressure measurement, diagnosis, assessment of risk, prevention, and treatment of hypertension. Can J Cardiol 2016; 32:569–588.
  7. Anderson TJ, Gregoire J, Pearson GJ, et al. 2016 Canadian Cardiovascular Society guidelines for the management of dyslipidemia for the prevention of cardiovascular disease in the adult. Can J Cardiol 2016; 32:1263–1282.
  8. Catapano AL, Graham I, De Backer G, et al; Authors/Task Force Members; Additional Contributor. 2016 ESC/EAS guidelines for the management of dyslipidaemias. Eur Heart J 2016; 37:2999–3058.
  9. Stone NJ, Robinson JG, Lichtenstein AH, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the treatment of blood cholesterol to reduce atherosclerotic cardiovascular risk in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2014; 129(suppl):S1–S45.
  10. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Cardiovascular disease: risk assessment and reduction, including lipid modification. Clinical guideline CG181. Published July 2014. Updated September 2016. www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg181. Accessed October 18, 2017.
  11. Jellinger PS, Handelsman Y, Rosenblit PD, et al. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American College of Endocrinology guidelines for management of dyslipidemia and prevention of cardiovascular disease. Endocr Pract 2017; 23(suppl 2):1–87.
  12. Martin SS, Blaha MJ, Elshazly MB, et al. Friedewald-estimated versus directly measured low-density lipoprotein cholesterol and treatment implications. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62:732–739.
  13. Mora S, Rifai N, Buring JE, Ridker PM. Fasting compared with nonfasting lipids and apolipoproteins for predicting incident cardiovascular events. Circulation 2008; 118:993–1001.
  14. Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration; Di Angelantonio E, Sarwar N, Perry P, et al. Major lipids, apolipoproteins, and risk of vascular disease. JAMA 2009; 302:1993–2000.
  15. Varbo A, Benn M, Tybjaerg-Hansen A, Jorgensen AB, Frikke-Schmidt R, Nordestgaard BG. Remnant cholesterol as a causal risk factor for ischemic heart disease. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 61:427–436.
  16. Jorgensen AB, Frikke-Schmidt R, Nordestgaard BG, Tybjærg-Hansen A. Loss-of-function mutations in APOC3 and risk of ischemic vascular disease. N Engl J Med 2014; 371:32–41.
  17. Aldasouqi S, Corser W, Abela G, et al. Fasting for lipid profiles poses a high risk of hypoglycemia in patients with diabetes: a pilot prevalence study in clinical practice. Int J Clin Med 2016; 7:1653–1667.
  18. National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III). Third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on detection, evaluation, and treatment of high blood cholesterol in adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) final report. Circulation 2002; 106:3143–3421.
  19. White KT, Moorthy MV, Akinkuolie AO, et al. Identifying an optimal cutpoint for the diagnosis of hypertriglyceridemia in the nonfasting state. Clin Chem 2015; 61:1156–1163.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
919-922
Page Number
919-922
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Is it time to abandon fasting for routine lipid testing?
Display Headline
Is it time to abandon fasting for routine lipid testing?
Legacy Keywords
lipids, testing, phlebotomy, cholesterol, LDL-C, fasting, blood test, triglycerides, Zareen Farukhi, Samia Mora
Legacy Keywords
lipids, testing, phlebotomy, cholesterol, LDL-C, fasting, blood test, triglycerides, Zareen Farukhi, Samia Mora
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

It’s time to consider pharmacotherapy for obesity

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
It’s time to consider pharmacotherapy for obesity

The article in this issue by Bersoux et al on pharmacotherapy to manage obesity1 is apropos in light of a recent study2 showing that patients are filling 15 times more prescriptions for antidiabetic medications (excluding insulin) than for antiobesity drugs. What makes this finding significant is that nearly 3 times more adults meet the criteria for use of antiobesity drugs than for antidiabetic drugs—116 million vs 30 million, respectively.

See related article

This underuse of antiobesity medications has been noted in other studies. In 1 study,3 only about 2% of adults eligible for weight-loss drug therapy received a prescription. Conversely, about 86% of adults diagnosed with diabetes received antidiabetic medications.3

WEIGHT LOSS: IT'S IMPORTANT

This underuse of weight-loss drugs occurs despite our understanding that obesity is a risk factor for developing diabetes and that weight loss in obese patients reduces the risk.

The landmark Diabetes Prevention Program study found that even modest weight loss of 7% reduced the risk of developing diabetes by 58% in overweight and prediabetic individuals.4 Additionally, a 5% to 10% weight loss can lead to significant improvements in many comorbidities, including diabetes, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, sleep apnea, and fatty liver disease.

Antiobesity medications can help patients achieve weight-loss goals, especially if lifestyle and behavioral modifications alone have been unsuccessful. Data show that these drugs result in an average weight loss of 5% to 15% when added to diet and exercise.

BARRIERS TO PRESCRIBING WEIGHT-LOSS DRUGS

Why are practitioners reluctant to prescribe these drugs despite the worsening obesity epidemic and despite knowing that obesity is a risk factor for diabetes? Many of us who practice obesity medicine believe there are several reasons.

One barrier is the misconception that obesity does not warrant treatment with weight-loss medications, even though most practitioners will readily admit that patients cannot achieve effective, durable, and meaningful weight loss with behavioral changes and lifestyle modifications alone.

Other barriers stem from issues such as time constraints in the office, lack of training to treat this condition, and not enough data on the newer chronic weight-loss medications. And there are stringent requirements for patient follow-up once a medication has been initiated. Finally, it’s often difficult to obtain insurance coverage.

Addressing the barriers

Of these, I believe the biggest barrier for busy practitioners is finding the time and effort they need to devote to prescribing weight-loss medications. There are ways to address these issues.

Regarding time constraints, practitioners can discuss weight loss at follow-up visits and refer patients to obesity specialists. Regarding gaps in training and knowledge of obesity management, there are consensus guidelines for the identification, evaluation, and treatment of the overweight or obese individual.5–7 Guidelines provide extensive information on the pharmacologic treatment of obesity. These resources provide valuable evidence-based recommendations on how to manage this chronic disease.

 

 

ARMED WITH INFORMATION, PHARMACOLOGIC OPTIONS

Bersoux et al provide another valuable resource for clinical use of weight-loss drugs.1 They accurately review the available medications, their mechanisms of action, dosing, efficacy, side effect profiles, and clinical indications. Their review is comprehensive in every aspect of this drug class.

This is important information for practitioners to have when considering prescribing antiobesity medications. It is especially important for primary care practitioners because of the large number of obese or overweight patients they treat.

Drug options have expanded

We did not always have this many drugs to choose from. As Bersoux et al note, practitioners had limited options for weight-loss medications during the 1990s and early 2000s, and several of those had to be taken off the market because of serious side effects. Then between 2012 and 2014, the US Food and Drug Administration approved 4 new medications, giving us a total of 6 weight-loss drugs. Those approvals greatly increased the available drug treatments, giving us much-needed options beyond lifestyle and behavioral modifications.

Although it is widely accepted that antiobesity drugs are underused, the study by Thomas et al was the first to quantify the extent of underuse, especially for the newer chronic weight-loss drugs.2 Their data show that only about 19% of antiobesity prescriptions were for the newer drugs while 74% were for the older but short-term medication phentermine.

Bersoux et al seem to encourage primary care physicians, or anyone caring for overweight or obese patients, to consider prescribing these treatments if nonpharmacologic options are unsuccessful. I agree with this concept because there are not enough specialists to care for the more than 116 million individuals who are potential candidates for antiobesity medications.

THE TIME HAS COME

This new class of medications has been strongly endorsed by the most prestigious organizations and societies involved in developing treatment guidelines for the overweight or obese patient. It is time for everyone who sees overweight or obese patients in daily practice to consider adopting chronic weight-loss medications as adjunctive therapy if lifestyle and behavioral strategies are ineffective.

References
  1. Bersoux S, Byun TH, Chaliki SS, Poole KJ Jr. Pharmacotherapy for obesity: what you need to know. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:951–958.
  2. Thomas CE, Mauer EA, Shukla AP, Rathi S, Aronne LJ. Low adoption of weight loss medications: a comparison of prescribing patterns of antiobesity pharmacotherapies and SGLT2s. Obesity 2016; 24:1955–1961.
  3. Samaranayake NR, Ong KL, Leung RY, Cheung BM. Management of obesity in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES), 2007–2008. Ann Epidemiol 2012; 22:349–353.
  4. Knowler WC, Fowler SE, Hamman RF, et al; for the Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. 10-year follow-up of diabetes incidence and weight loss in the Diabetes Prevention Program Outcomes Study. Lancet 2009; 374:1677–1686.
  5. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and The Obesity Society. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 63:2985–3023.
  6. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. AACE/ACE algorithm for the medical care of patients with obesity.

    https://www.aace.com/files/final-appendix.pdf. Accessed September 20, 2017.

  7. Obesity Medicine Association. Obesity algorithm: 2016-2017.

    https://obesitymedicine.org/obesity-algorithm/. Accessed October 3, 2017.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Derrick C. Cetin, DO
Obesity Medicine, Bariatric and Metabolic Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Derrick C. Cetin, DO, Bariatric Medicine Institute, M61, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
959-960
Legacy Keywords
obesity, pharmacotherapy, weight-loss drugs, Derrick Cetin
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Derrick C. Cetin, DO
Obesity Medicine, Bariatric and Metabolic Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Derrick C. Cetin, DO, Bariatric Medicine Institute, M61, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Derrick C. Cetin, DO
Obesity Medicine, Bariatric and Metabolic Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Derrick C. Cetin, DO, Bariatric Medicine Institute, M61, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

The article in this issue by Bersoux et al on pharmacotherapy to manage obesity1 is apropos in light of a recent study2 showing that patients are filling 15 times more prescriptions for antidiabetic medications (excluding insulin) than for antiobesity drugs. What makes this finding significant is that nearly 3 times more adults meet the criteria for use of antiobesity drugs than for antidiabetic drugs—116 million vs 30 million, respectively.

See related article

This underuse of antiobesity medications has been noted in other studies. In 1 study,3 only about 2% of adults eligible for weight-loss drug therapy received a prescription. Conversely, about 86% of adults diagnosed with diabetes received antidiabetic medications.3

WEIGHT LOSS: IT'S IMPORTANT

This underuse of weight-loss drugs occurs despite our understanding that obesity is a risk factor for developing diabetes and that weight loss in obese patients reduces the risk.

The landmark Diabetes Prevention Program study found that even modest weight loss of 7% reduced the risk of developing diabetes by 58% in overweight and prediabetic individuals.4 Additionally, a 5% to 10% weight loss can lead to significant improvements in many comorbidities, including diabetes, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, sleep apnea, and fatty liver disease.

Antiobesity medications can help patients achieve weight-loss goals, especially if lifestyle and behavioral modifications alone have been unsuccessful. Data show that these drugs result in an average weight loss of 5% to 15% when added to diet and exercise.

BARRIERS TO PRESCRIBING WEIGHT-LOSS DRUGS

Why are practitioners reluctant to prescribe these drugs despite the worsening obesity epidemic and despite knowing that obesity is a risk factor for diabetes? Many of us who practice obesity medicine believe there are several reasons.

One barrier is the misconception that obesity does not warrant treatment with weight-loss medications, even though most practitioners will readily admit that patients cannot achieve effective, durable, and meaningful weight loss with behavioral changes and lifestyle modifications alone.

Other barriers stem from issues such as time constraints in the office, lack of training to treat this condition, and not enough data on the newer chronic weight-loss medications. And there are stringent requirements for patient follow-up once a medication has been initiated. Finally, it’s often difficult to obtain insurance coverage.

Addressing the barriers

Of these, I believe the biggest barrier for busy practitioners is finding the time and effort they need to devote to prescribing weight-loss medications. There are ways to address these issues.

Regarding time constraints, practitioners can discuss weight loss at follow-up visits and refer patients to obesity specialists. Regarding gaps in training and knowledge of obesity management, there are consensus guidelines for the identification, evaluation, and treatment of the overweight or obese individual.5–7 Guidelines provide extensive information on the pharmacologic treatment of obesity. These resources provide valuable evidence-based recommendations on how to manage this chronic disease.

 

 

ARMED WITH INFORMATION, PHARMACOLOGIC OPTIONS

Bersoux et al provide another valuable resource for clinical use of weight-loss drugs.1 They accurately review the available medications, their mechanisms of action, dosing, efficacy, side effect profiles, and clinical indications. Their review is comprehensive in every aspect of this drug class.

This is important information for practitioners to have when considering prescribing antiobesity medications. It is especially important for primary care practitioners because of the large number of obese or overweight patients they treat.

Drug options have expanded

We did not always have this many drugs to choose from. As Bersoux et al note, practitioners had limited options for weight-loss medications during the 1990s and early 2000s, and several of those had to be taken off the market because of serious side effects. Then between 2012 and 2014, the US Food and Drug Administration approved 4 new medications, giving us a total of 6 weight-loss drugs. Those approvals greatly increased the available drug treatments, giving us much-needed options beyond lifestyle and behavioral modifications.

Although it is widely accepted that antiobesity drugs are underused, the study by Thomas et al was the first to quantify the extent of underuse, especially for the newer chronic weight-loss drugs.2 Their data show that only about 19% of antiobesity prescriptions were for the newer drugs while 74% were for the older but short-term medication phentermine.

Bersoux et al seem to encourage primary care physicians, or anyone caring for overweight or obese patients, to consider prescribing these treatments if nonpharmacologic options are unsuccessful. I agree with this concept because there are not enough specialists to care for the more than 116 million individuals who are potential candidates for antiobesity medications.

THE TIME HAS COME

This new class of medications has been strongly endorsed by the most prestigious organizations and societies involved in developing treatment guidelines for the overweight or obese patient. It is time for everyone who sees overweight or obese patients in daily practice to consider adopting chronic weight-loss medications as adjunctive therapy if lifestyle and behavioral strategies are ineffective.

The article in this issue by Bersoux et al on pharmacotherapy to manage obesity1 is apropos in light of a recent study2 showing that patients are filling 15 times more prescriptions for antidiabetic medications (excluding insulin) than for antiobesity drugs. What makes this finding significant is that nearly 3 times more adults meet the criteria for use of antiobesity drugs than for antidiabetic drugs—116 million vs 30 million, respectively.

See related article

This underuse of antiobesity medications has been noted in other studies. In 1 study,3 only about 2% of adults eligible for weight-loss drug therapy received a prescription. Conversely, about 86% of adults diagnosed with diabetes received antidiabetic medications.3

WEIGHT LOSS: IT'S IMPORTANT

This underuse of weight-loss drugs occurs despite our understanding that obesity is a risk factor for developing diabetes and that weight loss in obese patients reduces the risk.

The landmark Diabetes Prevention Program study found that even modest weight loss of 7% reduced the risk of developing diabetes by 58% in overweight and prediabetic individuals.4 Additionally, a 5% to 10% weight loss can lead to significant improvements in many comorbidities, including diabetes, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, sleep apnea, and fatty liver disease.

Antiobesity medications can help patients achieve weight-loss goals, especially if lifestyle and behavioral modifications alone have been unsuccessful. Data show that these drugs result in an average weight loss of 5% to 15% when added to diet and exercise.

BARRIERS TO PRESCRIBING WEIGHT-LOSS DRUGS

Why are practitioners reluctant to prescribe these drugs despite the worsening obesity epidemic and despite knowing that obesity is a risk factor for diabetes? Many of us who practice obesity medicine believe there are several reasons.

One barrier is the misconception that obesity does not warrant treatment with weight-loss medications, even though most practitioners will readily admit that patients cannot achieve effective, durable, and meaningful weight loss with behavioral changes and lifestyle modifications alone.

Other barriers stem from issues such as time constraints in the office, lack of training to treat this condition, and not enough data on the newer chronic weight-loss medications. And there are stringent requirements for patient follow-up once a medication has been initiated. Finally, it’s often difficult to obtain insurance coverage.

Addressing the barriers

Of these, I believe the biggest barrier for busy practitioners is finding the time and effort they need to devote to prescribing weight-loss medications. There are ways to address these issues.

Regarding time constraints, practitioners can discuss weight loss at follow-up visits and refer patients to obesity specialists. Regarding gaps in training and knowledge of obesity management, there are consensus guidelines for the identification, evaluation, and treatment of the overweight or obese individual.5–7 Guidelines provide extensive information on the pharmacologic treatment of obesity. These resources provide valuable evidence-based recommendations on how to manage this chronic disease.

 

 

ARMED WITH INFORMATION, PHARMACOLOGIC OPTIONS

Bersoux et al provide another valuable resource for clinical use of weight-loss drugs.1 They accurately review the available medications, their mechanisms of action, dosing, efficacy, side effect profiles, and clinical indications. Their review is comprehensive in every aspect of this drug class.

This is important information for practitioners to have when considering prescribing antiobesity medications. It is especially important for primary care practitioners because of the large number of obese or overweight patients they treat.

Drug options have expanded

We did not always have this many drugs to choose from. As Bersoux et al note, practitioners had limited options for weight-loss medications during the 1990s and early 2000s, and several of those had to be taken off the market because of serious side effects. Then between 2012 and 2014, the US Food and Drug Administration approved 4 new medications, giving us a total of 6 weight-loss drugs. Those approvals greatly increased the available drug treatments, giving us much-needed options beyond lifestyle and behavioral modifications.

Although it is widely accepted that antiobesity drugs are underused, the study by Thomas et al was the first to quantify the extent of underuse, especially for the newer chronic weight-loss drugs.2 Their data show that only about 19% of antiobesity prescriptions were for the newer drugs while 74% were for the older but short-term medication phentermine.

Bersoux et al seem to encourage primary care physicians, or anyone caring for overweight or obese patients, to consider prescribing these treatments if nonpharmacologic options are unsuccessful. I agree with this concept because there are not enough specialists to care for the more than 116 million individuals who are potential candidates for antiobesity medications.

THE TIME HAS COME

This new class of medications has been strongly endorsed by the most prestigious organizations and societies involved in developing treatment guidelines for the overweight or obese patient. It is time for everyone who sees overweight or obese patients in daily practice to consider adopting chronic weight-loss medications as adjunctive therapy if lifestyle and behavioral strategies are ineffective.

References
  1. Bersoux S, Byun TH, Chaliki SS, Poole KJ Jr. Pharmacotherapy for obesity: what you need to know. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:951–958.
  2. Thomas CE, Mauer EA, Shukla AP, Rathi S, Aronne LJ. Low adoption of weight loss medications: a comparison of prescribing patterns of antiobesity pharmacotherapies and SGLT2s. Obesity 2016; 24:1955–1961.
  3. Samaranayake NR, Ong KL, Leung RY, Cheung BM. Management of obesity in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES), 2007–2008. Ann Epidemiol 2012; 22:349–353.
  4. Knowler WC, Fowler SE, Hamman RF, et al; for the Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. 10-year follow-up of diabetes incidence and weight loss in the Diabetes Prevention Program Outcomes Study. Lancet 2009; 374:1677–1686.
  5. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and The Obesity Society. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 63:2985–3023.
  6. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. AACE/ACE algorithm for the medical care of patients with obesity.

    https://www.aace.com/files/final-appendix.pdf. Accessed September 20, 2017.

  7. Obesity Medicine Association. Obesity algorithm: 2016-2017.

    https://obesitymedicine.org/obesity-algorithm/. Accessed October 3, 2017.

References
  1. Bersoux S, Byun TH, Chaliki SS, Poole KJ Jr. Pharmacotherapy for obesity: what you need to know. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:951–958.
  2. Thomas CE, Mauer EA, Shukla AP, Rathi S, Aronne LJ. Low adoption of weight loss medications: a comparison of prescribing patterns of antiobesity pharmacotherapies and SGLT2s. Obesity 2016; 24:1955–1961.
  3. Samaranayake NR, Ong KL, Leung RY, Cheung BM. Management of obesity in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES), 2007–2008. Ann Epidemiol 2012; 22:349–353.
  4. Knowler WC, Fowler SE, Hamman RF, et al; for the Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. 10-year follow-up of diabetes incidence and weight loss in the Diabetes Prevention Program Outcomes Study. Lancet 2009; 374:1677–1686.
  5. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and The Obesity Society. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 63:2985–3023.
  6. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. AACE/ACE algorithm for the medical care of patients with obesity.

    https://www.aace.com/files/final-appendix.pdf. Accessed September 20, 2017.

  7. Obesity Medicine Association. Obesity algorithm: 2016-2017.

    https://obesitymedicine.org/obesity-algorithm/. Accessed October 3, 2017.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
959-960
Page Number
959-960
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
It’s time to consider pharmacotherapy for obesity
Display Headline
It’s time to consider pharmacotherapy for obesity
Legacy Keywords
obesity, pharmacotherapy, weight-loss drugs, Derrick Cetin
Legacy Keywords
obesity, pharmacotherapy, weight-loss drugs, Derrick Cetin
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

To have not and then to have: A challenging immune paradox

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
To have not and then to have: A challenging immune paradox

Clinicians are well aware of the increased risk of infection in immunosuppressed patients. But the ecologic balance between infectious agents and the immune system is complex. All immunosuppression is not equal, and the complexity relates to more than just the degree of depressed immunity: the affected arm of the immune response matters. Patients with neutropenia are prone to different infections than patients with T-cell disorders or hypogammaglobulinemia. Similarly, the character of the inflammatory response (eg, pyogenic, granulomatous, fibrotic) depends on the interaction between the infectious trigger and the specific activated arm of the immune response. This interaction dictates how the native tissue may be transiently or permanently affected.

The successful interplay between the host defense system and infectious invaders depends on controlling the tissue damage that ensues from both the infection and the resultant inflammatory response. Even though an underactive immune system predisposes to unusual and potentially severe infections, an overly vigorous host response to infection can be as destructive as the infection itself. We can improve the outcome of some infections by introducing potent anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive therapy concurrent with appropriate anti-infective therapy. What initially seemed counterintuitive has become the standard of care in the treatment of bacterial and mycobacterial meningitis and severe Pneumocystis and bacterial pneumonias, and favorable data are accruing in other infections such as bacterial arthritis.

A twist on the above scenario can occur when an immunosuppressed patient with a partially controlled indolent infection has his or her immune system suddenly normalized due to successful treatment of the underlying cause of their immunodeficiency. This treatment may be the introduction of successful antiretroviral therapy against human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), effective therapy of an immunosuppressing infection like tuberculosis, or withdrawal of an immunosuppressive anti-tumor necrosis factor (anti-TNF) drug. In this scenario, where the immune system is rapidly reconstituted and concurrently activated by the presence of persistent antigenic challenge or immunostimulatory molecules, a vigorous and clinically counterproductive inflammatory response may ensue, causing “collateral damage” to normal tissue. This immune reactivation syndrome may include fever, sweats, adenitis, and local tissue destruction at the site of infectious agents and associated phlogistic breakdown products. The result of this robust, tissue-injurious inflammatory response can be particularly devastating if it occurs in the brain or the retina, and may cause diagnostic confusion.

The trigger for this regional and systemic inflammatory response is multifactorial. It includes the newly recovered responsiveness to high levels of circulating cytokines, reaction to immune-stimulating fatty acids and other molecules released from dying mycobacteria (perhaps akin to the Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction to rapidly dying spirochetes), and possibly an over-vigorous “rebooting” immune system if an appropriate regulatory cell network is yet to be reconstituted.

In this issue of the Journal, Hara et al provide images from a patient appropriately treated for tuberculosis who experienced continued systemic symptoms of infection with the appearance of new pulmonary lesions. The trigger was the withdrawal of the infliximab (anti-TNF) therapy he was taking for ulcerative colitis, which at face value might be expected to facilitate the successful treatment of his tuberculosis. This seemingly paradoxical reaction has been well described with the successful treatment of HIV-infected patients coinfected with mycobacteria (tuberculous or nontuberculous), cytomegalovirus, and herpes-associated Kaposi sarcoma and zoster. But as in this instructive description of a patient with an immune reactivation syndrome, it also occurs in the setting of non-HIV reversibly immunosuppressed patients.1,2 The syndrome is often recognized 1 to 2 months after immune reconstitution and the initiation of anti-infective therapy.

The treatment of this paradoxical reaction is (not so paradoxically) the administration of corticosteroids or other immunosuppressive drugs. The efficacy of corticosteroids has been demonstrated in a small placebo-controlled trial3 as well as in clinical practice. The mechanism driving this reaction may not be the same for all infections, and thus steroids may not be ideal treatment for all patients. There are reports of using infliximab to temper the immune reactivation syndrome in some patients who did not respond to corticosteroids.

There is no definitive confirmatory test for immune reactivation syndrome. And certainly in the case of known mycobacterial infection, we must ensure the absence of drug resistance and that the appropriate antibiotics are being used, and that no additional infection is present and untreated by the antimycobacterial therapy. While lymphocytosis and an overly robust tuberculin skin test response have been described in patients with tuberculosis experiencing an immune reactivation syndrome, this “paradoxical reaction” remains a clinical diagnosis, worth considering in the appropriate setting.

References
  1. Carvalho AC, De Iaco G, Saleri N, et al. Paradoxical reaction during tuberculosis treatment in HIV-seronegative patients. Clin Infect Dis 2006; 42:893–895.
  2. Garcia Vidal C, Rodríguez Fernández S, Martínez Lacasa J, et al. Paradoxical response to antituberculous therapy in infliximab-treated patients with disseminated tuberculosis. Clin Infect Dis 2005; 40:756–759.
  3. Meintjes G, Wilkinson RJ, Morroni C, et al. Randomized placebo-controlled trial of prednisone for paradoxical TB-associated immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome. AIDS (London, England) 2010; 24:2381–2390.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
912-913
Legacy Keywords
immune system, immunosuppressed, immunocompromised, infection, immune reactive syndrome, human immunodeficiency virus, HIV, tumor necrosis factor, TNF, infliximab, tuberculosis, Brian Mandell
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information
Author and Disclosure Information
Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Clinicians are well aware of the increased risk of infection in immunosuppressed patients. But the ecologic balance between infectious agents and the immune system is complex. All immunosuppression is not equal, and the complexity relates to more than just the degree of depressed immunity: the affected arm of the immune response matters. Patients with neutropenia are prone to different infections than patients with T-cell disorders or hypogammaglobulinemia. Similarly, the character of the inflammatory response (eg, pyogenic, granulomatous, fibrotic) depends on the interaction between the infectious trigger and the specific activated arm of the immune response. This interaction dictates how the native tissue may be transiently or permanently affected.

The successful interplay between the host defense system and infectious invaders depends on controlling the tissue damage that ensues from both the infection and the resultant inflammatory response. Even though an underactive immune system predisposes to unusual and potentially severe infections, an overly vigorous host response to infection can be as destructive as the infection itself. We can improve the outcome of some infections by introducing potent anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive therapy concurrent with appropriate anti-infective therapy. What initially seemed counterintuitive has become the standard of care in the treatment of bacterial and mycobacterial meningitis and severe Pneumocystis and bacterial pneumonias, and favorable data are accruing in other infections such as bacterial arthritis.

A twist on the above scenario can occur when an immunosuppressed patient with a partially controlled indolent infection has his or her immune system suddenly normalized due to successful treatment of the underlying cause of their immunodeficiency. This treatment may be the introduction of successful antiretroviral therapy against human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), effective therapy of an immunosuppressing infection like tuberculosis, or withdrawal of an immunosuppressive anti-tumor necrosis factor (anti-TNF) drug. In this scenario, where the immune system is rapidly reconstituted and concurrently activated by the presence of persistent antigenic challenge or immunostimulatory molecules, a vigorous and clinically counterproductive inflammatory response may ensue, causing “collateral damage” to normal tissue. This immune reactivation syndrome may include fever, sweats, adenitis, and local tissue destruction at the site of infectious agents and associated phlogistic breakdown products. The result of this robust, tissue-injurious inflammatory response can be particularly devastating if it occurs in the brain or the retina, and may cause diagnostic confusion.

The trigger for this regional and systemic inflammatory response is multifactorial. It includes the newly recovered responsiveness to high levels of circulating cytokines, reaction to immune-stimulating fatty acids and other molecules released from dying mycobacteria (perhaps akin to the Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction to rapidly dying spirochetes), and possibly an over-vigorous “rebooting” immune system if an appropriate regulatory cell network is yet to be reconstituted.

In this issue of the Journal, Hara et al provide images from a patient appropriately treated for tuberculosis who experienced continued systemic symptoms of infection with the appearance of new pulmonary lesions. The trigger was the withdrawal of the infliximab (anti-TNF) therapy he was taking for ulcerative colitis, which at face value might be expected to facilitate the successful treatment of his tuberculosis. This seemingly paradoxical reaction has been well described with the successful treatment of HIV-infected patients coinfected with mycobacteria (tuberculous or nontuberculous), cytomegalovirus, and herpes-associated Kaposi sarcoma and zoster. But as in this instructive description of a patient with an immune reactivation syndrome, it also occurs in the setting of non-HIV reversibly immunosuppressed patients.1,2 The syndrome is often recognized 1 to 2 months after immune reconstitution and the initiation of anti-infective therapy.

The treatment of this paradoxical reaction is (not so paradoxically) the administration of corticosteroids or other immunosuppressive drugs. The efficacy of corticosteroids has been demonstrated in a small placebo-controlled trial3 as well as in clinical practice. The mechanism driving this reaction may not be the same for all infections, and thus steroids may not be ideal treatment for all patients. There are reports of using infliximab to temper the immune reactivation syndrome in some patients who did not respond to corticosteroids.

There is no definitive confirmatory test for immune reactivation syndrome. And certainly in the case of known mycobacterial infection, we must ensure the absence of drug resistance and that the appropriate antibiotics are being used, and that no additional infection is present and untreated by the antimycobacterial therapy. While lymphocytosis and an overly robust tuberculin skin test response have been described in patients with tuberculosis experiencing an immune reactivation syndrome, this “paradoxical reaction” remains a clinical diagnosis, worth considering in the appropriate setting.

Clinicians are well aware of the increased risk of infection in immunosuppressed patients. But the ecologic balance between infectious agents and the immune system is complex. All immunosuppression is not equal, and the complexity relates to more than just the degree of depressed immunity: the affected arm of the immune response matters. Patients with neutropenia are prone to different infections than patients with T-cell disorders or hypogammaglobulinemia. Similarly, the character of the inflammatory response (eg, pyogenic, granulomatous, fibrotic) depends on the interaction between the infectious trigger and the specific activated arm of the immune response. This interaction dictates how the native tissue may be transiently or permanently affected.

The successful interplay between the host defense system and infectious invaders depends on controlling the tissue damage that ensues from both the infection and the resultant inflammatory response. Even though an underactive immune system predisposes to unusual and potentially severe infections, an overly vigorous host response to infection can be as destructive as the infection itself. We can improve the outcome of some infections by introducing potent anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive therapy concurrent with appropriate anti-infective therapy. What initially seemed counterintuitive has become the standard of care in the treatment of bacterial and mycobacterial meningitis and severe Pneumocystis and bacterial pneumonias, and favorable data are accruing in other infections such as bacterial arthritis.

A twist on the above scenario can occur when an immunosuppressed patient with a partially controlled indolent infection has his or her immune system suddenly normalized due to successful treatment of the underlying cause of their immunodeficiency. This treatment may be the introduction of successful antiretroviral therapy against human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), effective therapy of an immunosuppressing infection like tuberculosis, or withdrawal of an immunosuppressive anti-tumor necrosis factor (anti-TNF) drug. In this scenario, where the immune system is rapidly reconstituted and concurrently activated by the presence of persistent antigenic challenge or immunostimulatory molecules, a vigorous and clinically counterproductive inflammatory response may ensue, causing “collateral damage” to normal tissue. This immune reactivation syndrome may include fever, sweats, adenitis, and local tissue destruction at the site of infectious agents and associated phlogistic breakdown products. The result of this robust, tissue-injurious inflammatory response can be particularly devastating if it occurs in the brain or the retina, and may cause diagnostic confusion.

The trigger for this regional and systemic inflammatory response is multifactorial. It includes the newly recovered responsiveness to high levels of circulating cytokines, reaction to immune-stimulating fatty acids and other molecules released from dying mycobacteria (perhaps akin to the Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction to rapidly dying spirochetes), and possibly an over-vigorous “rebooting” immune system if an appropriate regulatory cell network is yet to be reconstituted.

In this issue of the Journal, Hara et al provide images from a patient appropriately treated for tuberculosis who experienced continued systemic symptoms of infection with the appearance of new pulmonary lesions. The trigger was the withdrawal of the infliximab (anti-TNF) therapy he was taking for ulcerative colitis, which at face value might be expected to facilitate the successful treatment of his tuberculosis. This seemingly paradoxical reaction has been well described with the successful treatment of HIV-infected patients coinfected with mycobacteria (tuberculous or nontuberculous), cytomegalovirus, and herpes-associated Kaposi sarcoma and zoster. But as in this instructive description of a patient with an immune reactivation syndrome, it also occurs in the setting of non-HIV reversibly immunosuppressed patients.1,2 The syndrome is often recognized 1 to 2 months after immune reconstitution and the initiation of anti-infective therapy.

The treatment of this paradoxical reaction is (not so paradoxically) the administration of corticosteroids or other immunosuppressive drugs. The efficacy of corticosteroids has been demonstrated in a small placebo-controlled trial3 as well as in clinical practice. The mechanism driving this reaction may not be the same for all infections, and thus steroids may not be ideal treatment for all patients. There are reports of using infliximab to temper the immune reactivation syndrome in some patients who did not respond to corticosteroids.

There is no definitive confirmatory test for immune reactivation syndrome. And certainly in the case of known mycobacterial infection, we must ensure the absence of drug resistance and that the appropriate antibiotics are being used, and that no additional infection is present and untreated by the antimycobacterial therapy. While lymphocytosis and an overly robust tuberculin skin test response have been described in patients with tuberculosis experiencing an immune reactivation syndrome, this “paradoxical reaction” remains a clinical diagnosis, worth considering in the appropriate setting.

References
  1. Carvalho AC, De Iaco G, Saleri N, et al. Paradoxical reaction during tuberculosis treatment in HIV-seronegative patients. Clin Infect Dis 2006; 42:893–895.
  2. Garcia Vidal C, Rodríguez Fernández S, Martínez Lacasa J, et al. Paradoxical response to antituberculous therapy in infliximab-treated patients with disseminated tuberculosis. Clin Infect Dis 2005; 40:756–759.
  3. Meintjes G, Wilkinson RJ, Morroni C, et al. Randomized placebo-controlled trial of prednisone for paradoxical TB-associated immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome. AIDS (London, England) 2010; 24:2381–2390.
References
  1. Carvalho AC, De Iaco G, Saleri N, et al. Paradoxical reaction during tuberculosis treatment in HIV-seronegative patients. Clin Infect Dis 2006; 42:893–895.
  2. Garcia Vidal C, Rodríguez Fernández S, Martínez Lacasa J, et al. Paradoxical response to antituberculous therapy in infliximab-treated patients with disseminated tuberculosis. Clin Infect Dis 2005; 40:756–759.
  3. Meintjes G, Wilkinson RJ, Morroni C, et al. Randomized placebo-controlled trial of prednisone for paradoxical TB-associated immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome. AIDS (London, England) 2010; 24:2381–2390.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
912-913
Page Number
912-913
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
To have not and then to have: A challenging immune paradox
Display Headline
To have not and then to have: A challenging immune paradox
Legacy Keywords
immune system, immunosuppressed, immunocompromised, infection, immune reactive syndrome, human immunodeficiency virus, HIV, tumor necrosis factor, TNF, infliximab, tuberculosis, Brian Mandell
Legacy Keywords
immune system, immunosuppressed, immunocompromised, infection, immune reactive syndrome, human immunodeficiency virus, HIV, tumor necrosis factor, TNF, infliximab, tuberculosis, Brian Mandell
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

Pharmacotherapy for obesity: What you need to know

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Pharmacotherapy for obesity: What you need to know

Weight-loss drugs are not magic pills, but they can help patients lose about 10 to 25 more pounds than they otherwise could, when used in a program that includes diet, exercise, and other lifestyle changes.

This article reviews current drug therapy for obesity, including dosages, approved duration of use, mechanisms of action, adverse effects, potential interactions, contraindications, and data on efficacy. Table 1 summarizes the drugs currently approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for this indication.

See related editorial

HALF OF ADULTS MAY BE OBESE BY 2030

Obesity is a major public health challenge in the United States, with nearly 37% of adults classified as obese.1 The prevalence has increased more than 75% since 1980,2 and it is estimated that 51% of US adults will be obese by 2030.3 Obesity is the second-leading cause of preventable deaths, after smoking.4

Obesity increases the risk of many chronic medical conditions, including type 2 diabetes mellitus, heart disease, hypertension, stroke, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, osteoarthritis, and cancers of the breast, colon, endometrium, and kidney.5

WHEN IS DRUG THERAPY INDICATED?

Guidelines from the major obesity societies recommend that all weight-loss programs have a lifestyle component that includes a low-calorie diet, increased physical activity, and behavioral therapy, to which pharmacotherapy may be added as an adjunct.6–8

Weight-loss medications are indicated for patients who have a body mass index (BMI) of at least 30 kg/m2 or who have obesity-associated comorbidities and a BMI of at least 27 kg/m2. However, the best results are achieved when pharmacotherapy is combined with lifestyle modification.9

Weight-loss surgery is a safe and effective option for patients with a BMI of at least 40 kg/m2 or, with comorbidities, a BMI of at least 35 kg/m2 (Table 2). About 15 million Americans have a BMI of at least 40 kg/m2. Although bariatric surgery is the most efficient and longest-lasting treatment, only 1% of the eligible population receives surgical treatment.10

HISTORY OF WEIGHT-LOSS DRUGS: NOT A PRETTY PICTURE

The earliest drugs to induce weight loss, which worked mainly by increasing metabolism, included thyroid hormone, amphetamines (which also suppress appetite), and dinitrophenol (a pesticide). Adverse reactions limited their usefulness: cardiovascular effects with thyroid hormones, abuse potential with amphetamines, and neuropathy and cataracts with dinitrophenol.

Researchers then looked to drugs that could suppress appetite like amphetamines do, but without the potential for abuse. Medications that increased levels of norepinephrine and serotonin, both by increasing release and decreasing reuptake of these neuromodulators, had some success. But again, serious adverse effects occurred, and several drugs had to be withdrawn from the market.

The most publicized of these withdrawals was for the combination fenfluramine and phentermine (“fen-phen”) and its cousin dexfenfluramine (Redux). Up to 30% of patients taking fenfluramine-phentermine developed echocardiographic evidence of valvular heart disease.11 Fenfluramine also increased the risk of pulmonary hypertension. These findings led to the 1997 withdrawal of these drugs from the US market.

Sibutramine (Meridia), a norepinephrine and serotonin reuptake inhibitor, was approved for weight loss in 1997. Increases in blood pressure and heart rate were noted in the initial trial,12 and then a postmarketing study found increased rates of nonfatal myocardial infarction and stroke in patients with preexisting cardiovascular disease or diabetes mellitus.13 Based on these results, sibutramine was withdrawn from both US and European markets.

Rimonabant (Acomplia, Zimulti), a cannabinoid-receptor inhibitor, was approved in Europe in 2006, but its approval was withdrawn just 2 years later because of increased suicidality in a postmarketing study.14 It was never approved for use in the United States.

 

 

NORADRENERGIC SYMPATHOMIMETICS: FOR SHORT-TERM USE

Several noradrenergic sympathomimetic drugs are FDA-approved for short-term weight loss, but phentermine is by far the most commonly prescribed drug in this class. In fact, it is the most commonly prescribed drug for obesity in the United States.15

Phentermine

Phentermine is an atypical amphetamine analogue that suppresses appetite by norepinephrine agonism in the central nervous system. The FDA approved it for short-term weight management in 1959, and its use became widespread in the 1960s, followed by decades of popularity.

Dosage. Phentermine is prescribed at an oral dose of 15, 30, or 37.5 mg daily, either before breakfast or 1 to 2 hours after. It is a schedule IV controlled substance, based on its similarity to amphetamine. (The 5 US controlled substance schedules range from schedule I, which includes heroin, amphetamine, and cannabis, to schedule V, which includes cough syrups containing no more than 200 mg of codeine per 100 mL.) However, concerns about addiction and dependence with phentermine are largely unfounded, and abrupt cessation of the drug has not been shown to cause amphetamine-like withdrawal.16

Adverse effects. Common adverse reactions include nervousness, insomnia, and dry mouth, but these effects tend to wane with continued use.

Contraindications. Cardiovascular disease is a contraindication to phentermine because of concerns about increased blood pressure and pulse rate, although these concerns seem to be more theoretic than observed.16 Other contraindications include hyperthyroidism, glaucoma, agitation, a history of drug abuse, pregnancy, breastfeeding, and current or recent use of a monoamine oxidase inhibitor. No serious adverse events have been reported in trials of phentermine.

Efficacy. In a pooled analysis of 6 trials lasting 2 to 24 weeks completed between 1975 and 1999, phentermine-treated patients lost an average of 3.6 kg more weight than placebo recipients.17 More than 80% of study participants were women.

In a 36-week study in 108 women,18 participants lost a mean of 12.2 kg with continuous phentermine use, 13.0 kg with intermittent use (4 weeks on, 4 weeks off; the difference was not significant), and 4.8 kg with placebo.

Minimal data exist on long-term efficacy of phentermine monotherapy.

DRUGS FOR LONG-TERM THERAPY

Orlistat

Orlistat was approved as a prescription drug (Xenical, 120 mg) in 1999 and as an over-the-counter medication (Alli, 60 mg) in 2007.

Orlistat works by inhibiting pancreatic and gastric lipase, causing incomplete hydrol­ysis of ingested fat, thereby increasing fecal fat excretion in a dose-dependent manner. It is a good choice for weight-loss drug therapy because of its safe cardiovascular risk profile and beneficial effects on lipid levels. However, its long-term effect on weight is only modest.19,20

Dosage. The dosage for prescription orlistat is 120 mg 3 times per day, in addition to a low-fat diet (< 30% of daily calories from fat). To prevent potential deficiencies of fat-soluble vitamins, a daily multivitamin supplement is recommended, but it should not be taken with meals.

Efficacy. In a 2014 systematic review, 35% to 73% of patients treated with orlistat 120 mg had lost at least 5% of their body weight at 1 year, and 14% to 41% had lost at least 10%.21 At the end of the second year, orlistat-treated patients had lost about 3.3 kg more than placebo recipients.

In a randomized trial,22 4 years of treatment with orlistat vs placebo led to a significant (37.3%) risk reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes mellitus in obese participants, as well as significant improvements in cardiovascular risk factors. Mean weight loss at 1 year was significantly greater with orlistat than with placebo (10.6 vs 6.2 kg), and it remained greater at 4 years (5.8 vs 3.0 kg; P < .001).

Adverse effects. Long-term orlistat use is hampered by adverse reactions. A population-based, retrospective cohort analysis showed that fewer than 10% of patients were still using it at 1 year, and only 2% were using it at 2 years, although reasons for discontinuation were not reported.23

Adverse reactions are predominantly gastrointestinal, attributed to the high content of undigested fat in stools. Patients who do not limit their dietary fat intake are affected the most. Other reported adverse reactions include hepatotoxicity and oxalate-induced nephropathy.

Orlistat has been reported to interfere with some drugs, particularly those that are lipophilic. Drugs that should be closely monitored with orlistat are warfarin, amiodarone, cyclosporine, certain antiepileptic drugs, and levothyroxine.

Phentermine-topiramate

The combination of phentermine and topiramate was approved by the FDA in 2012 and is available under the brand name Qsymia.

Topiramate had been approved for treating seizure disorder in 1996 and as migraine prophylaxis in 2004. It is not approved as monotherapy for obesity; however, patients taking it for seizures or for psychiatric disorders (eg, binge eating, borderline personality disorder) have reported weight loss during treatment.

How topiramate promotes weight loss is not known. Proposed mechanisms include taste inhibition by carbonic anhydrase, influences on gamma-aminobutyric acid transmission causing appetite suppression, sensitization of insulin activity, and adiponectin secretion in the peripheral tissues.24,25

Phentermine-topiramate therapy has an advantage over monotherapy because lower doses of each medication can be used to achieve the same benefit, thus avoiding dose-related adverse reactions.

Dosage. Phentermine-topiramate is available in capsules containing 3.75/23, 7.5/46, 11.25/69, and 15/92 mg. The recommended starting dosage is 3.75/23 mg/day for 14 days, increasing to 7.5/46 mg/day. If patients do not lose at least 3% of their body weight after 12 weeks, the dose can be increased to 11.25/69 mg daily for 14 days, followed by 15/92 mg daily.26 Phentermine-topiramate is a schedule IV controlled substance with a low potential for abuse and dependence.

Efficacy. Approval of phentermine-topiramate for treating obesity was primarily based on 3 clinical trials.27–29 In 1 of these trials,28 at 1 year, patients had lost 9.9 kg with the medium dose and 12.9 kg with the high dose.

Adverse effects. Phentermine-topiramate was well tolerated in the trials. The most commonly reported adverse reactions were dry mouth, dizziness, constipation, insomnia, dysgeusia, paresthesia, and increased resting heart rate.28,29 Acute myopia and angle-closure glaucoma also have been reported with topiramate.30 Topiramate monotherapy has been associated with dose-dependent neuropsychiatric adverse effects, including memory symptoms and depression. However, across all 3 trials of phentermine-topiramate therapy, symptoms of depression improved over time, and no significant increase in suicide risk was identified.27–29

Recommended monitoring for patients on phentermine-topiramate includes a blood chemistry panel, resting heart rate, blood pressure, and depression screening.

Because topiramate has teratogenic potential (craniofacial abnormalities), it is labeled as pregnancy category X (contraindicated). A negative pregnancy test is needed before women of childbearing age take the drug and monthly thereafter. Women should be counseled to use effective birth control. A home pregnancy test is an alternative to laboratory testing, but this option should be left to the prescribing clinician’s judgment and be based on reliability of the test and patient compliance.

 

 

Lorcaserin

Lorcaserin (Belviq) was approved by the FDA in 2012 for chronic weight management. It suppresses appetite by activating the serotonin 2C receptor in the brain. Because it is selective for the 2C receptor, it does not appear to have the same detrimental effects on heart valves as occurred with less-selective serotonergic agents such as fenfluramine and dexfenfluramine.31

Dosage. The recommended dosage for lorcaserin is 10 mg twice daily. Lorcaserin is a schedule IV controlled substance because of studies that showed increases in positive subjective measures such as euphoria in patients taking the drug. The incidence of euphoria was similar to that seen with zolpidem.32

Efficacy. Lorcaserin was approved on the basis of 2 trials in nondiabetic obese and overweight adults who did not have diabetes but who had a weight-related condition,33,34 and in a third trial in obese and overweight adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus who were taking oral hypoglycemic agents.35 In these trials, lorcaserin use resulted in a modest 4.7- to 5.8-kg weight loss compared with 1.6 to 2.2 kg in the placebo group.33–35 There was a high dropout rate in all 3 of these studies (33% to 45% of participants).

A pilot study that added phentermine to lorcaserin yielded double the weight loss from lorcaserin alone.36 This drug combination warrants further investigation.

Contraindications. Lorcaserin should not be given to patients who have severe renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min) or severe hepatic impairment, or who are pregnant.

Adverse effects. Common adverse reactions include dry mouth, dizziness, somnolence, headache, and gastrointestinal disturbances (nausea, constipation, or diarrhea).37

Patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus should be monitored for hypoglycemia.

Lorcaserin should be used with extreme caution in patients taking other serotonergic agents because of the risk of the serotonin syndrome.

A theoretic potential for increased risk of breast cancer also exists with lorcaserin. When rats were given supraphysiologic doses of lorcaserin (more than 50 times higher than recommended in humans), fibroadenomas and adenocarcinomas occurred at higher rates.38 Breast cancer data were not reported in the 3 randomized trials discussed above.33–35

Naltrexone-bupropion

The combination of naltrexone and bupropion was approved by the FDA in 2014 under the brand name Contrave. Both drugs are approved for monotherapy in conditions other than obesity.

Naltrexone is a mu opioid receptor antagonist approved to treat alcohol and opioid dependency. Bupropion is a dopamine-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor approved to treat depression and to help with smoking cessation. Combining the drugs produces weight loss and metabolic benefits through effects on 2 areas of the brain that regulate food intake: the hypothalamus (appetite) and the mesolimbic dopamine circuit (reward system).

Dosage. Naltrexone-bupropion comes as an extended-release tablet of 8/90 mg. The maintenance dose of 2 tablets twice daily is reached at week 4 through a specific dose-titration regimen (Table 1). The dose should be adjusted if patients have renal or hepatic impairment or if they are also taking a CYP2B6 inhibitor.

Efficacy. FDA approval was based on the results of 4 clinical trials.39–42 Using a modified intention-to-treat analysis, Yanovski and Yanovski43 calculated that at 1 year, placebo-subtracted mean weight loss was 4.6% (4.9 kg), and mean total weight loss was 6.8% (7.3 kg) across the studies. Attrition rates, however, were high, ranging from 42% to 50%.

Cardiometabolic effects in 2 of the trials40,41 included decreased waist circumference, triglyceride levels, and C-reactive protein levels, and increased high-density lipoprotein levels at the initial dose. At the maintenance dose, additional lowering of fasting plasma insulin and glucose levels occurred along with lower levels of the homeostatic model assessment of insulin resistance. In the COR-Diabetes Study Group trial, patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus had decreased hemoglobin A1c levels without an increase in hypoglycemia and an increased likelihood of reaching the target hemoglobin A1c level below 7%.39

Contraindications. Naltrexone-bupropion is contraindicated for patients who have uncontrolled hypertension, seizure disorder, eating disorder, or end-stage renal failure; who are pregnant; or who have been treated with a monoamine oxidase inhibitor within 14 days. It should not be used with other bupropion-containing products or in patients who have taken opioids chronically or have acute opiate withdrawal.

Because of its bupropion component, this product carries an FDA black-box warning about possible suicidal thoughts and behaviors and neuropsychiatric reactions.

Adverse effects. The adverse reactions most commonly associated with naltrexone-bupropion were nausea (32.5%), constipation (19.2%), headache (17.6%), vomiting (10.7%), dizziness (9.9%), insomnia (9.2%), dry mouth (8.1%), and diarrhea (7.1%).44

Liraglutide

Liraglutide, previously FDA-approved to treat type 2 diabetes mellitus under the brand name Victoza, received approval in 2014 in a higher-dose formulation (Saxenda) to treat obesity.

Liraglutide is a glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist that stimulates glucose-dependent insulin release from the pancreatic islet cells, slows gastric emptying, regulates postprandial glucagon, and reduces food intake.

Dosage. Liraglutide is given as a once-daily injection in the abdomen, thigh, or arm. The initial dosage is 0.6 mg daily for the first week and can be titrated up by 0.6 mg weekly to a target dose of 3 mg daily. If a patient does not lose 4% of baseline body weight after 16 weeks on the target dose, the drug should be discontinued because it is unlikely to lead to clinically significant weight loss.

Efficacy. Liraglutide for weight management (3 mg once daily) was evaluated in a large (N = 3,731), randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled international trial.45 Participants did not have diabetes mellitus, but 60% had prediabetes. Liraglutide or placebo was given for 56 weeks, along with lifestyle counseling. At the end of the study, the liraglutide group had lost a mean of 8.4 kg vs 2.8 kg in the placebo group. Additionally, 63% of the liraglutide group lost at least 5% of body weight vs 27% in the placebo group, and 33% lost at least 10% of body weight vs 10% in the placebo group.

A 2-year extension found systolic blood pressure decreased with no change in pulse, and the prevalence of prediabetes and metabolic syndrome decreased by 52% and 59%, respectively.46 At 2 years, mean scores for physical function, self-esteem, and work had improved more in the liraglutide group than the placebo group.47

Adverse effects. The most common adverse reactions with liraglutide were nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation, hypoglycemia, and loss of appetite. In most cases, nausea and vomiting were tolerable, transient, and associated with greater weight loss but not with decreased quality-of-life scores. Serious adverse reactions included pancreatitis, gallbladder disease, renal impairment, and suicidal thoughts.

 

 

CHOOSING A DRUG

For obese patients, when lifestyle modifications do not result in the desired weight loss, pharmacotherapy is an option. Practitioners have several FDA-approved options for weight management. Because of evidence that these drugs can postpone the onset of other complications and improve metabolic and cardiovascular parameters, they should be considered.

In phase 3 trials, these drugs caused modest weight loss of 5% to 10% of body weight. More weight was lost with the combination of phentermine-topiramate than with the other drugs.

In a 2016 meta-analysis, these drugs were associated with at least 5% weight reduction compared with placebo.48 Phentermine-topiramate and liraglutide were most likely to produce at least a 5% weight loss, while liraglutide and naltrexone-bupropion were most likely to be discontinued because of adverse events. Combination drugs may have the advantages of synergistic effects on weight loss and fewer adverse reactions because lower doses of the individual drug components are used.

Response to therapy with most of these drugs should be evaluated at 12 weeks on the maintenance dose. If less than 5% weight loss has been achieved, the medication should be discontinued.

Adverse-effect profiles, drug interactions, abuse, misuse, and overdose potential should be considered when prescribing these drugs. Weight-loss drugs are contraindicated in pregnancy because they offer no potential benefit to a pregnant woman and may harm the fetus.

The development of new drugs and better drug combinations is expected to provide more effective therapeutic strategies, which are essential for combating the obesity epidemic.

References
  1. Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Fryar CD, Flegal KM. Prevalence of obesity among adults and youth: United States, 2011-2014. NCHS Data Brief 2015; 219:1–8.
  2. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Obesity. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:591–602.
  3. Finkelstein EA, Khavjou OA, Thompson H, et al. Obesity and severe obesity forecasts through 2030. Am J Prev Med 2012; 42:563–570.
  4. Hill JO, Wyatt H. Outpatient management of obesity: a primary care perspective. Obes Res 2002; 10(suppl 2):124S–130S.
  5. US Department of Health and Human Services. National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Overweight and obesity statistics. www.niddk.nih.gov/health-information/health-statistics/Pages/overweight-obesity-statistics.aspx#overweight. Accessed October 10, 2017.
  6. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Obesity Society. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 63:2985–3023.
  7. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Obesity Society. Circulation 2014; 129(suppl 2):S102–S138.
  8. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. AACE/ACE algorithm for the medical care of patients with obesity. www.aace.com/files/guidelines/ObesityAlgorithm.pdf. Accessed July 25, 2017.
  9. Wadden TA, Berkowitz RI, Womble LG, et al. Randomized trial of lifestyle modification and pharmacotherapy for obesity. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:2111–2120.
  10. Mechanick JI, Youdim A, Jones DB, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the perioperative nutritional, metabolic, and nonsurgical support of the bariatric surgery patient, 2013 update: cosponsored by American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, the Obesity Society, and American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery. Surg Obes Relat Dis 2013; 9:159–191.
  11. Connolly HM, Crary JL, McGoon MD, et al. Valvular heart disease associated with fenfluramine-phentermine. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:581–588.
  12. Kim SH, Lee YM, Jee SH, et al. Effect of sibutramine on weight loss and blood pressure: a meta-analysis of controlled trials. Obes Res 2003; 11:1116–1123.
  13. James WP, Caterson ID, Coutinho W, et al; SCOUT Investigators. Effect of sibutramine on cardiovascular outcomes in overweight and obese subjects. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:905–917.
  14. Nissen SE, Nicholls SJ, Wolski K, et al; STRADIVARIUS Investigators. Effect of rimonabant on progression of atherosclerosis in patients with abdominal obesity and coronary artery disease: the STRADIVARIUS randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2008; 299:1547–1560.
  15. Ryan DH, Bray GA. Pharmacologic treatment options for obesity: what is old is new again. Curr Hypertens Rep 2013; 15:182–189.
  16. Hendricks EJ, Greenway FL, Westman EC, Gupta AK. Blood pressure and heart rate effects, weight loss and maintenance during long-term phentermine pharmacotherapy for obesity. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2011; 19:2351–2360.
  17. Li Z, Maglione M, Tu W, et al. Meta-analysis: pharmacologic treatment of obesity. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:532–546.
  18. Munro JF, MacCuish AC, Wilson EM, Duncan LJ. Comparison of continuous and intermittent anorectic therapy in obesity. Br Med J 1968; 1:352–354.
  19. Hauptman J, Lucas C, Boldrin MN, Collins H, Segal KR. Orlistat in the long-term treatment of obesity in primary care settings. Arch Fam Med 2000; 9:160–167.
  20. Rossner S, Sjostrom L, Noack R, Meinders AE, Noseda G. Weight loss, weight maintenance, and improved cardiovascular risk factors after 2 years treatment with orlistat for obesity. European Orlistat Obesity Study Group. Obes Res 2000; 8:49–61.
  21. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Long-term drug treatment for obesity: a systematic and clinical review. JAMA 2014; 311:74–86.
  22. Torgerson JS, Hauptman J, Boldrin MN, Sjostrom L. XENical in the prevention of diabetes in obese subjects (XENDOS) study: a randomized study of orlistat as an adjunct to lifestyle changes for the prevention of type 2 diabetes in obese patients. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:155–161.
  23. Padwal R, Kezouh A, Levine M, Etminan M. Long-term persistence with orlistat and sibutramine in a population-based cohort. Int J Obes (Lond) 2007; 31:1567–1570.
  24. Xiong GL, Gadde KM. Combination phentermine-topiramate for obesity treatment in primary care: a review. Postgrad Med 2014; 126:110–116.
  25. Pucci A, Finer N. New medications for treatment of obesity: metabolic and cardiovascular effects. Can J Cardiol 2015; 31:142–152.
  26. Smith SM, Meyer M, Trinkley KE. Phentermine-topiramate for the treatment of obesity. Ann Pharmacother 2013; 47:340–349.
  27. Allison DB, Gadde KM, Garvey WT, et al. Controlled-release phentermine-topiramate in severely obese adults: a randomized controlled trial (EQUIP). Obesity (Silver Spring) 2012; 20:330–342.
  28. Gadde KM, Allison DB, Ryan DH, et al. Effects of low-dose, controlled-release, phentermine plus topiramate combination on weight and associated comorbidities in overweight and obese adults (CONQUER): a randomised, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial. Lancet 2011; 377:1341–1352.
  29. Garvey WT, Ryan DH, Look M, et al. Two-year sustained weight loss and metabolic benefits with controlled-release phentermine-topiramate in obese and overweight adults (SEQUEL): a randomized, placebo-controlled, phase 3 extension study. Am J Clin Nutr 2012; 95:297–308.
  30. Richa S, Yazbek JC. Ocular adverse effects of common psychotropic agents: a review. CNS Drugs 2010; 24:501–526.
  31. Weissman NJ, Sanchez M, Koch GG, Smith SR, Shanahan WR, Anderson CM. Echocardiographic assessment of cardiac valvular regurgitation with lorcaserin from analysis of 3 phase 3 clinical trials. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 2013; 6:560–567.
  32. US Department of Justice Drug Enforcement Administration. Schedules of controlled substances: placement of lorcaserin into Schedule IV. Federal Register 2013; 78:26701–26705.
  33. Smith SR, Weissman NJ, Anderson CM, et al; Behavioral Modification and Lorcaserin for Overweight and Obesity Management (BLOOM) Study Group. Multicenter, placebo-controlled trial of lorcaserin for weight management. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:245–256.
  34. Fidler MC, Sanchez M, Raether B, et al; BLOSSOM Clinical Trial Group. A one-year randomized trial of lorcaserin for weight loss in obese and overweight adults: the BLOSSOM trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:3067–3077.
  35. O’Neil PM, Smith SR, Weissman NJ, et al. Randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial of lorcaserin for weight loss in type 2 diabetes mellitus: the BLOOM-DM study. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2012; 20:1426–1436.
  36. Kumar RB, Aronne LJ. Efficacy comparison of medications approved for chronic weight management. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2015; 23(suppl 1):S4–S7.
  37. Chan EW, He Y, Chui CS, Wong AY, Lau WC, Wong IC. Efficacy and safety of lorcaserin in obese adults: a meta-analysis of 1-year randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and narrative review on short-term RCTs. Obes Rev 2013; 14:383–392.
  38. Miller LE. Lorcaserin for weight loss: insights into US Food and Drug Administration approval. J Acad Nutr Diet 2013; 113:25–30.
  39. Hollander P, Gupta AK, Plodkowski R, et al; COR-Diabetes Study Group. Effects of naltrexone sustained-release/bupropion sustained-release combination therapy on body weight and glycemic parameters in overweight and obese patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2013; 36:4022–4029.
  40. Apovian CM, Aronne L, Rubino D, et al; COR-II Study Group. A randomized, phase 3 trial of naltrexone SR/bupropion SR on weight and obesity-related risk factors (COR-II). Obesity (Silver Spring) 2013; 21:935–943.
  41. Greenway FL, Fujioka K, Plodkowski RA, et al; COR-I Study Group. Effect of naltrexone plus bupropion on weight loss in overweight and obese adults (COR-I): a multicentre, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial. Lancet 2010; 376:595–605.
  42. Wadden TA, Foreyt JP, Foster GD, et al. Weight loss with naltrexone SR/bupropion SR combination therapy as an adjunct to behavior modification: the COR-BMOD trial. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2011; 19:110–120.
  43. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Naltrexone extended-release plus bupropion extended-release for treatment of obesity. JAMA 2015; 313:1213–1214.
  44. Contrave (naltrexone HC1 and bupropion HC1) extended release tablets [package insert]. Orexigen Therapeutics, 2017. https://contrave.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Contrave_PI.pdf. Accessed November 7, 2017.
  45. Pi-Sunyer X, Astrup A, Fujioka K, et al; SCALE Obesity and Prediabetes NN8022-1839 Study Group. A randomized, controlled trial of 3.0 mg of liraglutide in weight management. N Engl J Med 2015; 373:11–22.
  46. Astrup A, Carraro R, Finer N, et al; NN8022-1807 Investigators. Safety, tolerability and sustained weight loss over 2 years with the once-daily human GLP-1 analog, liraglutide. Int J Obes (Lond) 2012; 36:843–854.
  47. Lean ME, Carraro R, Finer N, et al; NN8022-1807 Investigators. Tolerability of nausea and vomiting and associations with weight loss in a randomized trial of liraglutide in obese, non-diabetic adults. Int J Obes (Lond) 2014; 38:689–697.
  48. Khera R, Murad MH, Chandar AK, et al. Association of pharmacological treatments for obesity with weight loss and adverse events: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2016; 315:2424–2434.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Sophie Bersoux, MD, MPH
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Tina H. Byun, MD
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic
College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Swarna S. Chaliki, MD
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Kenneth G. Poole, Jr, MD, MBA
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Address: Sophie Bersoux, MD, Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 13400 E Shea Boulevard, Scottsdale, AZ 85259; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
951-958
Legacy Keywords
obesity, overweight, weight-loss drugs, phentermine, orlistat, Xenical, Alli, phentermine-topiramate, Qsymia, lorcaserin, Belviz, naltrexone-bupropion, Contrave, liraglutide, Saxenda, Sophie Bersoux, Tina Byun, Swarna Chaliki, Kenneth Poole
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Sophie Bersoux, MD, MPH
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Tina H. Byun, MD
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic
College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Swarna S. Chaliki, MD
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Kenneth G. Poole, Jr, MD, MBA
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Address: Sophie Bersoux, MD, Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 13400 E Shea Boulevard, Scottsdale, AZ 85259; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Sophie Bersoux, MD, MPH
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Tina H. Byun, MD
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic
College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Swarna S. Chaliki, MD
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Kenneth G. Poole, Jr, MD, MBA
Instructor in Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine and Science; Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, AZ

Address: Sophie Bersoux, MD, Division of Community Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 13400 E Shea Boulevard, Scottsdale, AZ 85259; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Weight-loss drugs are not magic pills, but they can help patients lose about 10 to 25 more pounds than they otherwise could, when used in a program that includes diet, exercise, and other lifestyle changes.

This article reviews current drug therapy for obesity, including dosages, approved duration of use, mechanisms of action, adverse effects, potential interactions, contraindications, and data on efficacy. Table 1 summarizes the drugs currently approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for this indication.

See related editorial

HALF OF ADULTS MAY BE OBESE BY 2030

Obesity is a major public health challenge in the United States, with nearly 37% of adults classified as obese.1 The prevalence has increased more than 75% since 1980,2 and it is estimated that 51% of US adults will be obese by 2030.3 Obesity is the second-leading cause of preventable deaths, after smoking.4

Obesity increases the risk of many chronic medical conditions, including type 2 diabetes mellitus, heart disease, hypertension, stroke, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, osteoarthritis, and cancers of the breast, colon, endometrium, and kidney.5

WHEN IS DRUG THERAPY INDICATED?

Guidelines from the major obesity societies recommend that all weight-loss programs have a lifestyle component that includes a low-calorie diet, increased physical activity, and behavioral therapy, to which pharmacotherapy may be added as an adjunct.6–8

Weight-loss medications are indicated for patients who have a body mass index (BMI) of at least 30 kg/m2 or who have obesity-associated comorbidities and a BMI of at least 27 kg/m2. However, the best results are achieved when pharmacotherapy is combined with lifestyle modification.9

Weight-loss surgery is a safe and effective option for patients with a BMI of at least 40 kg/m2 or, with comorbidities, a BMI of at least 35 kg/m2 (Table 2). About 15 million Americans have a BMI of at least 40 kg/m2. Although bariatric surgery is the most efficient and longest-lasting treatment, only 1% of the eligible population receives surgical treatment.10

HISTORY OF WEIGHT-LOSS DRUGS: NOT A PRETTY PICTURE

The earliest drugs to induce weight loss, which worked mainly by increasing metabolism, included thyroid hormone, amphetamines (which also suppress appetite), and dinitrophenol (a pesticide). Adverse reactions limited their usefulness: cardiovascular effects with thyroid hormones, abuse potential with amphetamines, and neuropathy and cataracts with dinitrophenol.

Researchers then looked to drugs that could suppress appetite like amphetamines do, but without the potential for abuse. Medications that increased levels of norepinephrine and serotonin, both by increasing release and decreasing reuptake of these neuromodulators, had some success. But again, serious adverse effects occurred, and several drugs had to be withdrawn from the market.

The most publicized of these withdrawals was for the combination fenfluramine and phentermine (“fen-phen”) and its cousin dexfenfluramine (Redux). Up to 30% of patients taking fenfluramine-phentermine developed echocardiographic evidence of valvular heart disease.11 Fenfluramine also increased the risk of pulmonary hypertension. These findings led to the 1997 withdrawal of these drugs from the US market.

Sibutramine (Meridia), a norepinephrine and serotonin reuptake inhibitor, was approved for weight loss in 1997. Increases in blood pressure and heart rate were noted in the initial trial,12 and then a postmarketing study found increased rates of nonfatal myocardial infarction and stroke in patients with preexisting cardiovascular disease or diabetes mellitus.13 Based on these results, sibutramine was withdrawn from both US and European markets.

Rimonabant (Acomplia, Zimulti), a cannabinoid-receptor inhibitor, was approved in Europe in 2006, but its approval was withdrawn just 2 years later because of increased suicidality in a postmarketing study.14 It was never approved for use in the United States.

 

 

NORADRENERGIC SYMPATHOMIMETICS: FOR SHORT-TERM USE

Several noradrenergic sympathomimetic drugs are FDA-approved for short-term weight loss, but phentermine is by far the most commonly prescribed drug in this class. In fact, it is the most commonly prescribed drug for obesity in the United States.15

Phentermine

Phentermine is an atypical amphetamine analogue that suppresses appetite by norepinephrine agonism in the central nervous system. The FDA approved it for short-term weight management in 1959, and its use became widespread in the 1960s, followed by decades of popularity.

Dosage. Phentermine is prescribed at an oral dose of 15, 30, or 37.5 mg daily, either before breakfast or 1 to 2 hours after. It is a schedule IV controlled substance, based on its similarity to amphetamine. (The 5 US controlled substance schedules range from schedule I, which includes heroin, amphetamine, and cannabis, to schedule V, which includes cough syrups containing no more than 200 mg of codeine per 100 mL.) However, concerns about addiction and dependence with phentermine are largely unfounded, and abrupt cessation of the drug has not been shown to cause amphetamine-like withdrawal.16

Adverse effects. Common adverse reactions include nervousness, insomnia, and dry mouth, but these effects tend to wane with continued use.

Contraindications. Cardiovascular disease is a contraindication to phentermine because of concerns about increased blood pressure and pulse rate, although these concerns seem to be more theoretic than observed.16 Other contraindications include hyperthyroidism, glaucoma, agitation, a history of drug abuse, pregnancy, breastfeeding, and current or recent use of a monoamine oxidase inhibitor. No serious adverse events have been reported in trials of phentermine.

Efficacy. In a pooled analysis of 6 trials lasting 2 to 24 weeks completed between 1975 and 1999, phentermine-treated patients lost an average of 3.6 kg more weight than placebo recipients.17 More than 80% of study participants were women.

In a 36-week study in 108 women,18 participants lost a mean of 12.2 kg with continuous phentermine use, 13.0 kg with intermittent use (4 weeks on, 4 weeks off; the difference was not significant), and 4.8 kg with placebo.

Minimal data exist on long-term efficacy of phentermine monotherapy.

DRUGS FOR LONG-TERM THERAPY

Orlistat

Orlistat was approved as a prescription drug (Xenical, 120 mg) in 1999 and as an over-the-counter medication (Alli, 60 mg) in 2007.

Orlistat works by inhibiting pancreatic and gastric lipase, causing incomplete hydrol­ysis of ingested fat, thereby increasing fecal fat excretion in a dose-dependent manner. It is a good choice for weight-loss drug therapy because of its safe cardiovascular risk profile and beneficial effects on lipid levels. However, its long-term effect on weight is only modest.19,20

Dosage. The dosage for prescription orlistat is 120 mg 3 times per day, in addition to a low-fat diet (< 30% of daily calories from fat). To prevent potential deficiencies of fat-soluble vitamins, a daily multivitamin supplement is recommended, but it should not be taken with meals.

Efficacy. In a 2014 systematic review, 35% to 73% of patients treated with orlistat 120 mg had lost at least 5% of their body weight at 1 year, and 14% to 41% had lost at least 10%.21 At the end of the second year, orlistat-treated patients had lost about 3.3 kg more than placebo recipients.

In a randomized trial,22 4 years of treatment with orlistat vs placebo led to a significant (37.3%) risk reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes mellitus in obese participants, as well as significant improvements in cardiovascular risk factors. Mean weight loss at 1 year was significantly greater with orlistat than with placebo (10.6 vs 6.2 kg), and it remained greater at 4 years (5.8 vs 3.0 kg; P < .001).

Adverse effects. Long-term orlistat use is hampered by adverse reactions. A population-based, retrospective cohort analysis showed that fewer than 10% of patients were still using it at 1 year, and only 2% were using it at 2 years, although reasons for discontinuation were not reported.23

Adverse reactions are predominantly gastrointestinal, attributed to the high content of undigested fat in stools. Patients who do not limit their dietary fat intake are affected the most. Other reported adverse reactions include hepatotoxicity and oxalate-induced nephropathy.

Orlistat has been reported to interfere with some drugs, particularly those that are lipophilic. Drugs that should be closely monitored with orlistat are warfarin, amiodarone, cyclosporine, certain antiepileptic drugs, and levothyroxine.

Phentermine-topiramate

The combination of phentermine and topiramate was approved by the FDA in 2012 and is available under the brand name Qsymia.

Topiramate had been approved for treating seizure disorder in 1996 and as migraine prophylaxis in 2004. It is not approved as monotherapy for obesity; however, patients taking it for seizures or for psychiatric disorders (eg, binge eating, borderline personality disorder) have reported weight loss during treatment.

How topiramate promotes weight loss is not known. Proposed mechanisms include taste inhibition by carbonic anhydrase, influences on gamma-aminobutyric acid transmission causing appetite suppression, sensitization of insulin activity, and adiponectin secretion in the peripheral tissues.24,25

Phentermine-topiramate therapy has an advantage over monotherapy because lower doses of each medication can be used to achieve the same benefit, thus avoiding dose-related adverse reactions.

Dosage. Phentermine-topiramate is available in capsules containing 3.75/23, 7.5/46, 11.25/69, and 15/92 mg. The recommended starting dosage is 3.75/23 mg/day for 14 days, increasing to 7.5/46 mg/day. If patients do not lose at least 3% of their body weight after 12 weeks, the dose can be increased to 11.25/69 mg daily for 14 days, followed by 15/92 mg daily.26 Phentermine-topiramate is a schedule IV controlled substance with a low potential for abuse and dependence.

Efficacy. Approval of phentermine-topiramate for treating obesity was primarily based on 3 clinical trials.27–29 In 1 of these trials,28 at 1 year, patients had lost 9.9 kg with the medium dose and 12.9 kg with the high dose.

Adverse effects. Phentermine-topiramate was well tolerated in the trials. The most commonly reported adverse reactions were dry mouth, dizziness, constipation, insomnia, dysgeusia, paresthesia, and increased resting heart rate.28,29 Acute myopia and angle-closure glaucoma also have been reported with topiramate.30 Topiramate monotherapy has been associated with dose-dependent neuropsychiatric adverse effects, including memory symptoms and depression. However, across all 3 trials of phentermine-topiramate therapy, symptoms of depression improved over time, and no significant increase in suicide risk was identified.27–29

Recommended monitoring for patients on phentermine-topiramate includes a blood chemistry panel, resting heart rate, blood pressure, and depression screening.

Because topiramate has teratogenic potential (craniofacial abnormalities), it is labeled as pregnancy category X (contraindicated). A negative pregnancy test is needed before women of childbearing age take the drug and monthly thereafter. Women should be counseled to use effective birth control. A home pregnancy test is an alternative to laboratory testing, but this option should be left to the prescribing clinician’s judgment and be based on reliability of the test and patient compliance.

 

 

Lorcaserin

Lorcaserin (Belviq) was approved by the FDA in 2012 for chronic weight management. It suppresses appetite by activating the serotonin 2C receptor in the brain. Because it is selective for the 2C receptor, it does not appear to have the same detrimental effects on heart valves as occurred with less-selective serotonergic agents such as fenfluramine and dexfenfluramine.31

Dosage. The recommended dosage for lorcaserin is 10 mg twice daily. Lorcaserin is a schedule IV controlled substance because of studies that showed increases in positive subjective measures such as euphoria in patients taking the drug. The incidence of euphoria was similar to that seen with zolpidem.32

Efficacy. Lorcaserin was approved on the basis of 2 trials in nondiabetic obese and overweight adults who did not have diabetes but who had a weight-related condition,33,34 and in a third trial in obese and overweight adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus who were taking oral hypoglycemic agents.35 In these trials, lorcaserin use resulted in a modest 4.7- to 5.8-kg weight loss compared with 1.6 to 2.2 kg in the placebo group.33–35 There was a high dropout rate in all 3 of these studies (33% to 45% of participants).

A pilot study that added phentermine to lorcaserin yielded double the weight loss from lorcaserin alone.36 This drug combination warrants further investigation.

Contraindications. Lorcaserin should not be given to patients who have severe renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min) or severe hepatic impairment, or who are pregnant.

Adverse effects. Common adverse reactions include dry mouth, dizziness, somnolence, headache, and gastrointestinal disturbances (nausea, constipation, or diarrhea).37

Patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus should be monitored for hypoglycemia.

Lorcaserin should be used with extreme caution in patients taking other serotonergic agents because of the risk of the serotonin syndrome.

A theoretic potential for increased risk of breast cancer also exists with lorcaserin. When rats were given supraphysiologic doses of lorcaserin (more than 50 times higher than recommended in humans), fibroadenomas and adenocarcinomas occurred at higher rates.38 Breast cancer data were not reported in the 3 randomized trials discussed above.33–35

Naltrexone-bupropion

The combination of naltrexone and bupropion was approved by the FDA in 2014 under the brand name Contrave. Both drugs are approved for monotherapy in conditions other than obesity.

Naltrexone is a mu opioid receptor antagonist approved to treat alcohol and opioid dependency. Bupropion is a dopamine-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor approved to treat depression and to help with smoking cessation. Combining the drugs produces weight loss and metabolic benefits through effects on 2 areas of the brain that regulate food intake: the hypothalamus (appetite) and the mesolimbic dopamine circuit (reward system).

Dosage. Naltrexone-bupropion comes as an extended-release tablet of 8/90 mg. The maintenance dose of 2 tablets twice daily is reached at week 4 through a specific dose-titration regimen (Table 1). The dose should be adjusted if patients have renal or hepatic impairment or if they are also taking a CYP2B6 inhibitor.

Efficacy. FDA approval was based on the results of 4 clinical trials.39–42 Using a modified intention-to-treat analysis, Yanovski and Yanovski43 calculated that at 1 year, placebo-subtracted mean weight loss was 4.6% (4.9 kg), and mean total weight loss was 6.8% (7.3 kg) across the studies. Attrition rates, however, were high, ranging from 42% to 50%.

Cardiometabolic effects in 2 of the trials40,41 included decreased waist circumference, triglyceride levels, and C-reactive protein levels, and increased high-density lipoprotein levels at the initial dose. At the maintenance dose, additional lowering of fasting plasma insulin and glucose levels occurred along with lower levels of the homeostatic model assessment of insulin resistance. In the COR-Diabetes Study Group trial, patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus had decreased hemoglobin A1c levels without an increase in hypoglycemia and an increased likelihood of reaching the target hemoglobin A1c level below 7%.39

Contraindications. Naltrexone-bupropion is contraindicated for patients who have uncontrolled hypertension, seizure disorder, eating disorder, or end-stage renal failure; who are pregnant; or who have been treated with a monoamine oxidase inhibitor within 14 days. It should not be used with other bupropion-containing products or in patients who have taken opioids chronically or have acute opiate withdrawal.

Because of its bupropion component, this product carries an FDA black-box warning about possible suicidal thoughts and behaviors and neuropsychiatric reactions.

Adverse effects. The adverse reactions most commonly associated with naltrexone-bupropion were nausea (32.5%), constipation (19.2%), headache (17.6%), vomiting (10.7%), dizziness (9.9%), insomnia (9.2%), dry mouth (8.1%), and diarrhea (7.1%).44

Liraglutide

Liraglutide, previously FDA-approved to treat type 2 diabetes mellitus under the brand name Victoza, received approval in 2014 in a higher-dose formulation (Saxenda) to treat obesity.

Liraglutide is a glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist that stimulates glucose-dependent insulin release from the pancreatic islet cells, slows gastric emptying, regulates postprandial glucagon, and reduces food intake.

Dosage. Liraglutide is given as a once-daily injection in the abdomen, thigh, or arm. The initial dosage is 0.6 mg daily for the first week and can be titrated up by 0.6 mg weekly to a target dose of 3 mg daily. If a patient does not lose 4% of baseline body weight after 16 weeks on the target dose, the drug should be discontinued because it is unlikely to lead to clinically significant weight loss.

Efficacy. Liraglutide for weight management (3 mg once daily) was evaluated in a large (N = 3,731), randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled international trial.45 Participants did not have diabetes mellitus, but 60% had prediabetes. Liraglutide or placebo was given for 56 weeks, along with lifestyle counseling. At the end of the study, the liraglutide group had lost a mean of 8.4 kg vs 2.8 kg in the placebo group. Additionally, 63% of the liraglutide group lost at least 5% of body weight vs 27% in the placebo group, and 33% lost at least 10% of body weight vs 10% in the placebo group.

A 2-year extension found systolic blood pressure decreased with no change in pulse, and the prevalence of prediabetes and metabolic syndrome decreased by 52% and 59%, respectively.46 At 2 years, mean scores for physical function, self-esteem, and work had improved more in the liraglutide group than the placebo group.47

Adverse effects. The most common adverse reactions with liraglutide were nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation, hypoglycemia, and loss of appetite. In most cases, nausea and vomiting were tolerable, transient, and associated with greater weight loss but not with decreased quality-of-life scores. Serious adverse reactions included pancreatitis, gallbladder disease, renal impairment, and suicidal thoughts.

 

 

CHOOSING A DRUG

For obese patients, when lifestyle modifications do not result in the desired weight loss, pharmacotherapy is an option. Practitioners have several FDA-approved options for weight management. Because of evidence that these drugs can postpone the onset of other complications and improve metabolic and cardiovascular parameters, they should be considered.

In phase 3 trials, these drugs caused modest weight loss of 5% to 10% of body weight. More weight was lost with the combination of phentermine-topiramate than with the other drugs.

In a 2016 meta-analysis, these drugs were associated with at least 5% weight reduction compared with placebo.48 Phentermine-topiramate and liraglutide were most likely to produce at least a 5% weight loss, while liraglutide and naltrexone-bupropion were most likely to be discontinued because of adverse events. Combination drugs may have the advantages of synergistic effects on weight loss and fewer adverse reactions because lower doses of the individual drug components are used.

Response to therapy with most of these drugs should be evaluated at 12 weeks on the maintenance dose. If less than 5% weight loss has been achieved, the medication should be discontinued.

Adverse-effect profiles, drug interactions, abuse, misuse, and overdose potential should be considered when prescribing these drugs. Weight-loss drugs are contraindicated in pregnancy because they offer no potential benefit to a pregnant woman and may harm the fetus.

The development of new drugs and better drug combinations is expected to provide more effective therapeutic strategies, which are essential for combating the obesity epidemic.

Weight-loss drugs are not magic pills, but they can help patients lose about 10 to 25 more pounds than they otherwise could, when used in a program that includes diet, exercise, and other lifestyle changes.

This article reviews current drug therapy for obesity, including dosages, approved duration of use, mechanisms of action, adverse effects, potential interactions, contraindications, and data on efficacy. Table 1 summarizes the drugs currently approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for this indication.

See related editorial

HALF OF ADULTS MAY BE OBESE BY 2030

Obesity is a major public health challenge in the United States, with nearly 37% of adults classified as obese.1 The prevalence has increased more than 75% since 1980,2 and it is estimated that 51% of US adults will be obese by 2030.3 Obesity is the second-leading cause of preventable deaths, after smoking.4

Obesity increases the risk of many chronic medical conditions, including type 2 diabetes mellitus, heart disease, hypertension, stroke, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, osteoarthritis, and cancers of the breast, colon, endometrium, and kidney.5

WHEN IS DRUG THERAPY INDICATED?

Guidelines from the major obesity societies recommend that all weight-loss programs have a lifestyle component that includes a low-calorie diet, increased physical activity, and behavioral therapy, to which pharmacotherapy may be added as an adjunct.6–8

Weight-loss medications are indicated for patients who have a body mass index (BMI) of at least 30 kg/m2 or who have obesity-associated comorbidities and a BMI of at least 27 kg/m2. However, the best results are achieved when pharmacotherapy is combined with lifestyle modification.9

Weight-loss surgery is a safe and effective option for patients with a BMI of at least 40 kg/m2 or, with comorbidities, a BMI of at least 35 kg/m2 (Table 2). About 15 million Americans have a BMI of at least 40 kg/m2. Although bariatric surgery is the most efficient and longest-lasting treatment, only 1% of the eligible population receives surgical treatment.10

HISTORY OF WEIGHT-LOSS DRUGS: NOT A PRETTY PICTURE

The earliest drugs to induce weight loss, which worked mainly by increasing metabolism, included thyroid hormone, amphetamines (which also suppress appetite), and dinitrophenol (a pesticide). Adverse reactions limited their usefulness: cardiovascular effects with thyroid hormones, abuse potential with amphetamines, and neuropathy and cataracts with dinitrophenol.

Researchers then looked to drugs that could suppress appetite like amphetamines do, but without the potential for abuse. Medications that increased levels of norepinephrine and serotonin, both by increasing release and decreasing reuptake of these neuromodulators, had some success. But again, serious adverse effects occurred, and several drugs had to be withdrawn from the market.

The most publicized of these withdrawals was for the combination fenfluramine and phentermine (“fen-phen”) and its cousin dexfenfluramine (Redux). Up to 30% of patients taking fenfluramine-phentermine developed echocardiographic evidence of valvular heart disease.11 Fenfluramine also increased the risk of pulmonary hypertension. These findings led to the 1997 withdrawal of these drugs from the US market.

Sibutramine (Meridia), a norepinephrine and serotonin reuptake inhibitor, was approved for weight loss in 1997. Increases in blood pressure and heart rate were noted in the initial trial,12 and then a postmarketing study found increased rates of nonfatal myocardial infarction and stroke in patients with preexisting cardiovascular disease or diabetes mellitus.13 Based on these results, sibutramine was withdrawn from both US and European markets.

Rimonabant (Acomplia, Zimulti), a cannabinoid-receptor inhibitor, was approved in Europe in 2006, but its approval was withdrawn just 2 years later because of increased suicidality in a postmarketing study.14 It was never approved for use in the United States.

 

 

NORADRENERGIC SYMPATHOMIMETICS: FOR SHORT-TERM USE

Several noradrenergic sympathomimetic drugs are FDA-approved for short-term weight loss, but phentermine is by far the most commonly prescribed drug in this class. In fact, it is the most commonly prescribed drug for obesity in the United States.15

Phentermine

Phentermine is an atypical amphetamine analogue that suppresses appetite by norepinephrine agonism in the central nervous system. The FDA approved it for short-term weight management in 1959, and its use became widespread in the 1960s, followed by decades of popularity.

Dosage. Phentermine is prescribed at an oral dose of 15, 30, or 37.5 mg daily, either before breakfast or 1 to 2 hours after. It is a schedule IV controlled substance, based on its similarity to amphetamine. (The 5 US controlled substance schedules range from schedule I, which includes heroin, amphetamine, and cannabis, to schedule V, which includes cough syrups containing no more than 200 mg of codeine per 100 mL.) However, concerns about addiction and dependence with phentermine are largely unfounded, and abrupt cessation of the drug has not been shown to cause amphetamine-like withdrawal.16

Adverse effects. Common adverse reactions include nervousness, insomnia, and dry mouth, but these effects tend to wane with continued use.

Contraindications. Cardiovascular disease is a contraindication to phentermine because of concerns about increased blood pressure and pulse rate, although these concerns seem to be more theoretic than observed.16 Other contraindications include hyperthyroidism, glaucoma, agitation, a history of drug abuse, pregnancy, breastfeeding, and current or recent use of a monoamine oxidase inhibitor. No serious adverse events have been reported in trials of phentermine.

Efficacy. In a pooled analysis of 6 trials lasting 2 to 24 weeks completed between 1975 and 1999, phentermine-treated patients lost an average of 3.6 kg more weight than placebo recipients.17 More than 80% of study participants were women.

In a 36-week study in 108 women,18 participants lost a mean of 12.2 kg with continuous phentermine use, 13.0 kg with intermittent use (4 weeks on, 4 weeks off; the difference was not significant), and 4.8 kg with placebo.

Minimal data exist on long-term efficacy of phentermine monotherapy.

DRUGS FOR LONG-TERM THERAPY

Orlistat

Orlistat was approved as a prescription drug (Xenical, 120 mg) in 1999 and as an over-the-counter medication (Alli, 60 mg) in 2007.

Orlistat works by inhibiting pancreatic and gastric lipase, causing incomplete hydrol­ysis of ingested fat, thereby increasing fecal fat excretion in a dose-dependent manner. It is a good choice for weight-loss drug therapy because of its safe cardiovascular risk profile and beneficial effects on lipid levels. However, its long-term effect on weight is only modest.19,20

Dosage. The dosage for prescription orlistat is 120 mg 3 times per day, in addition to a low-fat diet (< 30% of daily calories from fat). To prevent potential deficiencies of fat-soluble vitamins, a daily multivitamin supplement is recommended, but it should not be taken with meals.

Efficacy. In a 2014 systematic review, 35% to 73% of patients treated with orlistat 120 mg had lost at least 5% of their body weight at 1 year, and 14% to 41% had lost at least 10%.21 At the end of the second year, orlistat-treated patients had lost about 3.3 kg more than placebo recipients.

In a randomized trial,22 4 years of treatment with orlistat vs placebo led to a significant (37.3%) risk reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes mellitus in obese participants, as well as significant improvements in cardiovascular risk factors. Mean weight loss at 1 year was significantly greater with orlistat than with placebo (10.6 vs 6.2 kg), and it remained greater at 4 years (5.8 vs 3.0 kg; P < .001).

Adverse effects. Long-term orlistat use is hampered by adverse reactions. A population-based, retrospective cohort analysis showed that fewer than 10% of patients were still using it at 1 year, and only 2% were using it at 2 years, although reasons for discontinuation were not reported.23

Adverse reactions are predominantly gastrointestinal, attributed to the high content of undigested fat in stools. Patients who do not limit their dietary fat intake are affected the most. Other reported adverse reactions include hepatotoxicity and oxalate-induced nephropathy.

Orlistat has been reported to interfere with some drugs, particularly those that are lipophilic. Drugs that should be closely monitored with orlistat are warfarin, amiodarone, cyclosporine, certain antiepileptic drugs, and levothyroxine.

Phentermine-topiramate

The combination of phentermine and topiramate was approved by the FDA in 2012 and is available under the brand name Qsymia.

Topiramate had been approved for treating seizure disorder in 1996 and as migraine prophylaxis in 2004. It is not approved as monotherapy for obesity; however, patients taking it for seizures or for psychiatric disorders (eg, binge eating, borderline personality disorder) have reported weight loss during treatment.

How topiramate promotes weight loss is not known. Proposed mechanisms include taste inhibition by carbonic anhydrase, influences on gamma-aminobutyric acid transmission causing appetite suppression, sensitization of insulin activity, and adiponectin secretion in the peripheral tissues.24,25

Phentermine-topiramate therapy has an advantage over monotherapy because lower doses of each medication can be used to achieve the same benefit, thus avoiding dose-related adverse reactions.

Dosage. Phentermine-topiramate is available in capsules containing 3.75/23, 7.5/46, 11.25/69, and 15/92 mg. The recommended starting dosage is 3.75/23 mg/day for 14 days, increasing to 7.5/46 mg/day. If patients do not lose at least 3% of their body weight after 12 weeks, the dose can be increased to 11.25/69 mg daily for 14 days, followed by 15/92 mg daily.26 Phentermine-topiramate is a schedule IV controlled substance with a low potential for abuse and dependence.

Efficacy. Approval of phentermine-topiramate for treating obesity was primarily based on 3 clinical trials.27–29 In 1 of these trials,28 at 1 year, patients had lost 9.9 kg with the medium dose and 12.9 kg with the high dose.

Adverse effects. Phentermine-topiramate was well tolerated in the trials. The most commonly reported adverse reactions were dry mouth, dizziness, constipation, insomnia, dysgeusia, paresthesia, and increased resting heart rate.28,29 Acute myopia and angle-closure glaucoma also have been reported with topiramate.30 Topiramate monotherapy has been associated with dose-dependent neuropsychiatric adverse effects, including memory symptoms and depression. However, across all 3 trials of phentermine-topiramate therapy, symptoms of depression improved over time, and no significant increase in suicide risk was identified.27–29

Recommended monitoring for patients on phentermine-topiramate includes a blood chemistry panel, resting heart rate, blood pressure, and depression screening.

Because topiramate has teratogenic potential (craniofacial abnormalities), it is labeled as pregnancy category X (contraindicated). A negative pregnancy test is needed before women of childbearing age take the drug and monthly thereafter. Women should be counseled to use effective birth control. A home pregnancy test is an alternative to laboratory testing, but this option should be left to the prescribing clinician’s judgment and be based on reliability of the test and patient compliance.

 

 

Lorcaserin

Lorcaserin (Belviq) was approved by the FDA in 2012 for chronic weight management. It suppresses appetite by activating the serotonin 2C receptor in the brain. Because it is selective for the 2C receptor, it does not appear to have the same detrimental effects on heart valves as occurred with less-selective serotonergic agents such as fenfluramine and dexfenfluramine.31

Dosage. The recommended dosage for lorcaserin is 10 mg twice daily. Lorcaserin is a schedule IV controlled substance because of studies that showed increases in positive subjective measures such as euphoria in patients taking the drug. The incidence of euphoria was similar to that seen with zolpidem.32

Efficacy. Lorcaserin was approved on the basis of 2 trials in nondiabetic obese and overweight adults who did not have diabetes but who had a weight-related condition,33,34 and in a third trial in obese and overweight adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus who were taking oral hypoglycemic agents.35 In these trials, lorcaserin use resulted in a modest 4.7- to 5.8-kg weight loss compared with 1.6 to 2.2 kg in the placebo group.33–35 There was a high dropout rate in all 3 of these studies (33% to 45% of participants).

A pilot study that added phentermine to lorcaserin yielded double the weight loss from lorcaserin alone.36 This drug combination warrants further investigation.

Contraindications. Lorcaserin should not be given to patients who have severe renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min) or severe hepatic impairment, or who are pregnant.

Adverse effects. Common adverse reactions include dry mouth, dizziness, somnolence, headache, and gastrointestinal disturbances (nausea, constipation, or diarrhea).37

Patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus should be monitored for hypoglycemia.

Lorcaserin should be used with extreme caution in patients taking other serotonergic agents because of the risk of the serotonin syndrome.

A theoretic potential for increased risk of breast cancer also exists with lorcaserin. When rats were given supraphysiologic doses of lorcaserin (more than 50 times higher than recommended in humans), fibroadenomas and adenocarcinomas occurred at higher rates.38 Breast cancer data were not reported in the 3 randomized trials discussed above.33–35

Naltrexone-bupropion

The combination of naltrexone and bupropion was approved by the FDA in 2014 under the brand name Contrave. Both drugs are approved for monotherapy in conditions other than obesity.

Naltrexone is a mu opioid receptor antagonist approved to treat alcohol and opioid dependency. Bupropion is a dopamine-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor approved to treat depression and to help with smoking cessation. Combining the drugs produces weight loss and metabolic benefits through effects on 2 areas of the brain that regulate food intake: the hypothalamus (appetite) and the mesolimbic dopamine circuit (reward system).

Dosage. Naltrexone-bupropion comes as an extended-release tablet of 8/90 mg. The maintenance dose of 2 tablets twice daily is reached at week 4 through a specific dose-titration regimen (Table 1). The dose should be adjusted if patients have renal or hepatic impairment or if they are also taking a CYP2B6 inhibitor.

Efficacy. FDA approval was based on the results of 4 clinical trials.39–42 Using a modified intention-to-treat analysis, Yanovski and Yanovski43 calculated that at 1 year, placebo-subtracted mean weight loss was 4.6% (4.9 kg), and mean total weight loss was 6.8% (7.3 kg) across the studies. Attrition rates, however, were high, ranging from 42% to 50%.

Cardiometabolic effects in 2 of the trials40,41 included decreased waist circumference, triglyceride levels, and C-reactive protein levels, and increased high-density lipoprotein levels at the initial dose. At the maintenance dose, additional lowering of fasting plasma insulin and glucose levels occurred along with lower levels of the homeostatic model assessment of insulin resistance. In the COR-Diabetes Study Group trial, patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus had decreased hemoglobin A1c levels without an increase in hypoglycemia and an increased likelihood of reaching the target hemoglobin A1c level below 7%.39

Contraindications. Naltrexone-bupropion is contraindicated for patients who have uncontrolled hypertension, seizure disorder, eating disorder, or end-stage renal failure; who are pregnant; or who have been treated with a monoamine oxidase inhibitor within 14 days. It should not be used with other bupropion-containing products or in patients who have taken opioids chronically or have acute opiate withdrawal.

Because of its bupropion component, this product carries an FDA black-box warning about possible suicidal thoughts and behaviors and neuropsychiatric reactions.

Adverse effects. The adverse reactions most commonly associated with naltrexone-bupropion were nausea (32.5%), constipation (19.2%), headache (17.6%), vomiting (10.7%), dizziness (9.9%), insomnia (9.2%), dry mouth (8.1%), and diarrhea (7.1%).44

Liraglutide

Liraglutide, previously FDA-approved to treat type 2 diabetes mellitus under the brand name Victoza, received approval in 2014 in a higher-dose formulation (Saxenda) to treat obesity.

Liraglutide is a glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist that stimulates glucose-dependent insulin release from the pancreatic islet cells, slows gastric emptying, regulates postprandial glucagon, and reduces food intake.

Dosage. Liraglutide is given as a once-daily injection in the abdomen, thigh, or arm. The initial dosage is 0.6 mg daily for the first week and can be titrated up by 0.6 mg weekly to a target dose of 3 mg daily. If a patient does not lose 4% of baseline body weight after 16 weeks on the target dose, the drug should be discontinued because it is unlikely to lead to clinically significant weight loss.

Efficacy. Liraglutide for weight management (3 mg once daily) was evaluated in a large (N = 3,731), randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled international trial.45 Participants did not have diabetes mellitus, but 60% had prediabetes. Liraglutide or placebo was given for 56 weeks, along with lifestyle counseling. At the end of the study, the liraglutide group had lost a mean of 8.4 kg vs 2.8 kg in the placebo group. Additionally, 63% of the liraglutide group lost at least 5% of body weight vs 27% in the placebo group, and 33% lost at least 10% of body weight vs 10% in the placebo group.

A 2-year extension found systolic blood pressure decreased with no change in pulse, and the prevalence of prediabetes and metabolic syndrome decreased by 52% and 59%, respectively.46 At 2 years, mean scores for physical function, self-esteem, and work had improved more in the liraglutide group than the placebo group.47

Adverse effects. The most common adverse reactions with liraglutide were nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation, hypoglycemia, and loss of appetite. In most cases, nausea and vomiting were tolerable, transient, and associated with greater weight loss but not with decreased quality-of-life scores. Serious adverse reactions included pancreatitis, gallbladder disease, renal impairment, and suicidal thoughts.

 

 

CHOOSING A DRUG

For obese patients, when lifestyle modifications do not result in the desired weight loss, pharmacotherapy is an option. Practitioners have several FDA-approved options for weight management. Because of evidence that these drugs can postpone the onset of other complications and improve metabolic and cardiovascular parameters, they should be considered.

In phase 3 trials, these drugs caused modest weight loss of 5% to 10% of body weight. More weight was lost with the combination of phentermine-topiramate than with the other drugs.

In a 2016 meta-analysis, these drugs were associated with at least 5% weight reduction compared with placebo.48 Phentermine-topiramate and liraglutide were most likely to produce at least a 5% weight loss, while liraglutide and naltrexone-bupropion were most likely to be discontinued because of adverse events. Combination drugs may have the advantages of synergistic effects on weight loss and fewer adverse reactions because lower doses of the individual drug components are used.

Response to therapy with most of these drugs should be evaluated at 12 weeks on the maintenance dose. If less than 5% weight loss has been achieved, the medication should be discontinued.

Adverse-effect profiles, drug interactions, abuse, misuse, and overdose potential should be considered when prescribing these drugs. Weight-loss drugs are contraindicated in pregnancy because they offer no potential benefit to a pregnant woman and may harm the fetus.

The development of new drugs and better drug combinations is expected to provide more effective therapeutic strategies, which are essential for combating the obesity epidemic.

References
  1. Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Fryar CD, Flegal KM. Prevalence of obesity among adults and youth: United States, 2011-2014. NCHS Data Brief 2015; 219:1–8.
  2. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Obesity. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:591–602.
  3. Finkelstein EA, Khavjou OA, Thompson H, et al. Obesity and severe obesity forecasts through 2030. Am J Prev Med 2012; 42:563–570.
  4. Hill JO, Wyatt H. Outpatient management of obesity: a primary care perspective. Obes Res 2002; 10(suppl 2):124S–130S.
  5. US Department of Health and Human Services. National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Overweight and obesity statistics. www.niddk.nih.gov/health-information/health-statistics/Pages/overweight-obesity-statistics.aspx#overweight. Accessed October 10, 2017.
  6. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Obesity Society. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 63:2985–3023.
  7. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Obesity Society. Circulation 2014; 129(suppl 2):S102–S138.
  8. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. AACE/ACE algorithm for the medical care of patients with obesity. www.aace.com/files/guidelines/ObesityAlgorithm.pdf. Accessed July 25, 2017.
  9. Wadden TA, Berkowitz RI, Womble LG, et al. Randomized trial of lifestyle modification and pharmacotherapy for obesity. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:2111–2120.
  10. Mechanick JI, Youdim A, Jones DB, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the perioperative nutritional, metabolic, and nonsurgical support of the bariatric surgery patient, 2013 update: cosponsored by American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, the Obesity Society, and American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery. Surg Obes Relat Dis 2013; 9:159–191.
  11. Connolly HM, Crary JL, McGoon MD, et al. Valvular heart disease associated with fenfluramine-phentermine. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:581–588.
  12. Kim SH, Lee YM, Jee SH, et al. Effect of sibutramine on weight loss and blood pressure: a meta-analysis of controlled trials. Obes Res 2003; 11:1116–1123.
  13. James WP, Caterson ID, Coutinho W, et al; SCOUT Investigators. Effect of sibutramine on cardiovascular outcomes in overweight and obese subjects. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:905–917.
  14. Nissen SE, Nicholls SJ, Wolski K, et al; STRADIVARIUS Investigators. Effect of rimonabant on progression of atherosclerosis in patients with abdominal obesity and coronary artery disease: the STRADIVARIUS randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2008; 299:1547–1560.
  15. Ryan DH, Bray GA. Pharmacologic treatment options for obesity: what is old is new again. Curr Hypertens Rep 2013; 15:182–189.
  16. Hendricks EJ, Greenway FL, Westman EC, Gupta AK. Blood pressure and heart rate effects, weight loss and maintenance during long-term phentermine pharmacotherapy for obesity. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2011; 19:2351–2360.
  17. Li Z, Maglione M, Tu W, et al. Meta-analysis: pharmacologic treatment of obesity. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:532–546.
  18. Munro JF, MacCuish AC, Wilson EM, Duncan LJ. Comparison of continuous and intermittent anorectic therapy in obesity. Br Med J 1968; 1:352–354.
  19. Hauptman J, Lucas C, Boldrin MN, Collins H, Segal KR. Orlistat in the long-term treatment of obesity in primary care settings. Arch Fam Med 2000; 9:160–167.
  20. Rossner S, Sjostrom L, Noack R, Meinders AE, Noseda G. Weight loss, weight maintenance, and improved cardiovascular risk factors after 2 years treatment with orlistat for obesity. European Orlistat Obesity Study Group. Obes Res 2000; 8:49–61.
  21. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Long-term drug treatment for obesity: a systematic and clinical review. JAMA 2014; 311:74–86.
  22. Torgerson JS, Hauptman J, Boldrin MN, Sjostrom L. XENical in the prevention of diabetes in obese subjects (XENDOS) study: a randomized study of orlistat as an adjunct to lifestyle changes for the prevention of type 2 diabetes in obese patients. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:155–161.
  23. Padwal R, Kezouh A, Levine M, Etminan M. Long-term persistence with orlistat and sibutramine in a population-based cohort. Int J Obes (Lond) 2007; 31:1567–1570.
  24. Xiong GL, Gadde KM. Combination phentermine-topiramate for obesity treatment in primary care: a review. Postgrad Med 2014; 126:110–116.
  25. Pucci A, Finer N. New medications for treatment of obesity: metabolic and cardiovascular effects. Can J Cardiol 2015; 31:142–152.
  26. Smith SM, Meyer M, Trinkley KE. Phentermine-topiramate for the treatment of obesity. Ann Pharmacother 2013; 47:340–349.
  27. Allison DB, Gadde KM, Garvey WT, et al. Controlled-release phentermine-topiramate in severely obese adults: a randomized controlled trial (EQUIP). Obesity (Silver Spring) 2012; 20:330–342.
  28. Gadde KM, Allison DB, Ryan DH, et al. Effects of low-dose, controlled-release, phentermine plus topiramate combination on weight and associated comorbidities in overweight and obese adults (CONQUER): a randomised, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial. Lancet 2011; 377:1341–1352.
  29. Garvey WT, Ryan DH, Look M, et al. Two-year sustained weight loss and metabolic benefits with controlled-release phentermine-topiramate in obese and overweight adults (SEQUEL): a randomized, placebo-controlled, phase 3 extension study. Am J Clin Nutr 2012; 95:297–308.
  30. Richa S, Yazbek JC. Ocular adverse effects of common psychotropic agents: a review. CNS Drugs 2010; 24:501–526.
  31. Weissman NJ, Sanchez M, Koch GG, Smith SR, Shanahan WR, Anderson CM. Echocardiographic assessment of cardiac valvular regurgitation with lorcaserin from analysis of 3 phase 3 clinical trials. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 2013; 6:560–567.
  32. US Department of Justice Drug Enforcement Administration. Schedules of controlled substances: placement of lorcaserin into Schedule IV. Federal Register 2013; 78:26701–26705.
  33. Smith SR, Weissman NJ, Anderson CM, et al; Behavioral Modification and Lorcaserin for Overweight and Obesity Management (BLOOM) Study Group. Multicenter, placebo-controlled trial of lorcaserin for weight management. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:245–256.
  34. Fidler MC, Sanchez M, Raether B, et al; BLOSSOM Clinical Trial Group. A one-year randomized trial of lorcaserin for weight loss in obese and overweight adults: the BLOSSOM trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:3067–3077.
  35. O’Neil PM, Smith SR, Weissman NJ, et al. Randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial of lorcaserin for weight loss in type 2 diabetes mellitus: the BLOOM-DM study. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2012; 20:1426–1436.
  36. Kumar RB, Aronne LJ. Efficacy comparison of medications approved for chronic weight management. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2015; 23(suppl 1):S4–S7.
  37. Chan EW, He Y, Chui CS, Wong AY, Lau WC, Wong IC. Efficacy and safety of lorcaserin in obese adults: a meta-analysis of 1-year randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and narrative review on short-term RCTs. Obes Rev 2013; 14:383–392.
  38. Miller LE. Lorcaserin for weight loss: insights into US Food and Drug Administration approval. J Acad Nutr Diet 2013; 113:25–30.
  39. Hollander P, Gupta AK, Plodkowski R, et al; COR-Diabetes Study Group. Effects of naltrexone sustained-release/bupropion sustained-release combination therapy on body weight and glycemic parameters in overweight and obese patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2013; 36:4022–4029.
  40. Apovian CM, Aronne L, Rubino D, et al; COR-II Study Group. A randomized, phase 3 trial of naltrexone SR/bupropion SR on weight and obesity-related risk factors (COR-II). Obesity (Silver Spring) 2013; 21:935–943.
  41. Greenway FL, Fujioka K, Plodkowski RA, et al; COR-I Study Group. Effect of naltrexone plus bupropion on weight loss in overweight and obese adults (COR-I): a multicentre, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial. Lancet 2010; 376:595–605.
  42. Wadden TA, Foreyt JP, Foster GD, et al. Weight loss with naltrexone SR/bupropion SR combination therapy as an adjunct to behavior modification: the COR-BMOD trial. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2011; 19:110–120.
  43. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Naltrexone extended-release plus bupropion extended-release for treatment of obesity. JAMA 2015; 313:1213–1214.
  44. Contrave (naltrexone HC1 and bupropion HC1) extended release tablets [package insert]. Orexigen Therapeutics, 2017. https://contrave.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Contrave_PI.pdf. Accessed November 7, 2017.
  45. Pi-Sunyer X, Astrup A, Fujioka K, et al; SCALE Obesity and Prediabetes NN8022-1839 Study Group. A randomized, controlled trial of 3.0 mg of liraglutide in weight management. N Engl J Med 2015; 373:11–22.
  46. Astrup A, Carraro R, Finer N, et al; NN8022-1807 Investigators. Safety, tolerability and sustained weight loss over 2 years with the once-daily human GLP-1 analog, liraglutide. Int J Obes (Lond) 2012; 36:843–854.
  47. Lean ME, Carraro R, Finer N, et al; NN8022-1807 Investigators. Tolerability of nausea and vomiting and associations with weight loss in a randomized trial of liraglutide in obese, non-diabetic adults. Int J Obes (Lond) 2014; 38:689–697.
  48. Khera R, Murad MH, Chandar AK, et al. Association of pharmacological treatments for obesity with weight loss and adverse events: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2016; 315:2424–2434.
References
  1. Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Fryar CD, Flegal KM. Prevalence of obesity among adults and youth: United States, 2011-2014. NCHS Data Brief 2015; 219:1–8.
  2. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Obesity. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:591–602.
  3. Finkelstein EA, Khavjou OA, Thompson H, et al. Obesity and severe obesity forecasts through 2030. Am J Prev Med 2012; 42:563–570.
  4. Hill JO, Wyatt H. Outpatient management of obesity: a primary care perspective. Obes Res 2002; 10(suppl 2):124S–130S.
  5. US Department of Health and Human Services. National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Overweight and obesity statistics. www.niddk.nih.gov/health-information/health-statistics/Pages/overweight-obesity-statistics.aspx#overweight. Accessed October 10, 2017.
  6. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Obesity Society. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 63:2985–3023.
  7. Jensen MD, Ryan DH, Apovian CM, et al; American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines; Obesity Society. 2013 AHA/ACC/TOS guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Obesity Society. Circulation 2014; 129(suppl 2):S102–S138.
  8. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. AACE/ACE algorithm for the medical care of patients with obesity. www.aace.com/files/guidelines/ObesityAlgorithm.pdf. Accessed July 25, 2017.
  9. Wadden TA, Berkowitz RI, Womble LG, et al. Randomized trial of lifestyle modification and pharmacotherapy for obesity. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:2111–2120.
  10. Mechanick JI, Youdim A, Jones DB, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the perioperative nutritional, metabolic, and nonsurgical support of the bariatric surgery patient, 2013 update: cosponsored by American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, the Obesity Society, and American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery. Surg Obes Relat Dis 2013; 9:159–191.
  11. Connolly HM, Crary JL, McGoon MD, et al. Valvular heart disease associated with fenfluramine-phentermine. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:581–588.
  12. Kim SH, Lee YM, Jee SH, et al. Effect of sibutramine on weight loss and blood pressure: a meta-analysis of controlled trials. Obes Res 2003; 11:1116–1123.
  13. James WP, Caterson ID, Coutinho W, et al; SCOUT Investigators. Effect of sibutramine on cardiovascular outcomes in overweight and obese subjects. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:905–917.
  14. Nissen SE, Nicholls SJ, Wolski K, et al; STRADIVARIUS Investigators. Effect of rimonabant on progression of atherosclerosis in patients with abdominal obesity and coronary artery disease: the STRADIVARIUS randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2008; 299:1547–1560.
  15. Ryan DH, Bray GA. Pharmacologic treatment options for obesity: what is old is new again. Curr Hypertens Rep 2013; 15:182–189.
  16. Hendricks EJ, Greenway FL, Westman EC, Gupta AK. Blood pressure and heart rate effects, weight loss and maintenance during long-term phentermine pharmacotherapy for obesity. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2011; 19:2351–2360.
  17. Li Z, Maglione M, Tu W, et al. Meta-analysis: pharmacologic treatment of obesity. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:532–546.
  18. Munro JF, MacCuish AC, Wilson EM, Duncan LJ. Comparison of continuous and intermittent anorectic therapy in obesity. Br Med J 1968; 1:352–354.
  19. Hauptman J, Lucas C, Boldrin MN, Collins H, Segal KR. Orlistat in the long-term treatment of obesity in primary care settings. Arch Fam Med 2000; 9:160–167.
  20. Rossner S, Sjostrom L, Noack R, Meinders AE, Noseda G. Weight loss, weight maintenance, and improved cardiovascular risk factors after 2 years treatment with orlistat for obesity. European Orlistat Obesity Study Group. Obes Res 2000; 8:49–61.
  21. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Long-term drug treatment for obesity: a systematic and clinical review. JAMA 2014; 311:74–86.
  22. Torgerson JS, Hauptman J, Boldrin MN, Sjostrom L. XENical in the prevention of diabetes in obese subjects (XENDOS) study: a randomized study of orlistat as an adjunct to lifestyle changes for the prevention of type 2 diabetes in obese patients. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:155–161.
  23. Padwal R, Kezouh A, Levine M, Etminan M. Long-term persistence with orlistat and sibutramine in a population-based cohort. Int J Obes (Lond) 2007; 31:1567–1570.
  24. Xiong GL, Gadde KM. Combination phentermine-topiramate for obesity treatment in primary care: a review. Postgrad Med 2014; 126:110–116.
  25. Pucci A, Finer N. New medications for treatment of obesity: metabolic and cardiovascular effects. Can J Cardiol 2015; 31:142–152.
  26. Smith SM, Meyer M, Trinkley KE. Phentermine-topiramate for the treatment of obesity. Ann Pharmacother 2013; 47:340–349.
  27. Allison DB, Gadde KM, Garvey WT, et al. Controlled-release phentermine-topiramate in severely obese adults: a randomized controlled trial (EQUIP). Obesity (Silver Spring) 2012; 20:330–342.
  28. Gadde KM, Allison DB, Ryan DH, et al. Effects of low-dose, controlled-release, phentermine plus topiramate combination on weight and associated comorbidities in overweight and obese adults (CONQUER): a randomised, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial. Lancet 2011; 377:1341–1352.
  29. Garvey WT, Ryan DH, Look M, et al. Two-year sustained weight loss and metabolic benefits with controlled-release phentermine-topiramate in obese and overweight adults (SEQUEL): a randomized, placebo-controlled, phase 3 extension study. Am J Clin Nutr 2012; 95:297–308.
  30. Richa S, Yazbek JC. Ocular adverse effects of common psychotropic agents: a review. CNS Drugs 2010; 24:501–526.
  31. Weissman NJ, Sanchez M, Koch GG, Smith SR, Shanahan WR, Anderson CM. Echocardiographic assessment of cardiac valvular regurgitation with lorcaserin from analysis of 3 phase 3 clinical trials. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging 2013; 6:560–567.
  32. US Department of Justice Drug Enforcement Administration. Schedules of controlled substances: placement of lorcaserin into Schedule IV. Federal Register 2013; 78:26701–26705.
  33. Smith SR, Weissman NJ, Anderson CM, et al; Behavioral Modification and Lorcaserin for Overweight and Obesity Management (BLOOM) Study Group. Multicenter, placebo-controlled trial of lorcaserin for weight management. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:245–256.
  34. Fidler MC, Sanchez M, Raether B, et al; BLOSSOM Clinical Trial Group. A one-year randomized trial of lorcaserin for weight loss in obese and overweight adults: the BLOSSOM trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:3067–3077.
  35. O’Neil PM, Smith SR, Weissman NJ, et al. Randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial of lorcaserin for weight loss in type 2 diabetes mellitus: the BLOOM-DM study. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2012; 20:1426–1436.
  36. Kumar RB, Aronne LJ. Efficacy comparison of medications approved for chronic weight management. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2015; 23(suppl 1):S4–S7.
  37. Chan EW, He Y, Chui CS, Wong AY, Lau WC, Wong IC. Efficacy and safety of lorcaserin in obese adults: a meta-analysis of 1-year randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and narrative review on short-term RCTs. Obes Rev 2013; 14:383–392.
  38. Miller LE. Lorcaserin for weight loss: insights into US Food and Drug Administration approval. J Acad Nutr Diet 2013; 113:25–30.
  39. Hollander P, Gupta AK, Plodkowski R, et al; COR-Diabetes Study Group. Effects of naltrexone sustained-release/bupropion sustained-release combination therapy on body weight and glycemic parameters in overweight and obese patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2013; 36:4022–4029.
  40. Apovian CM, Aronne L, Rubino D, et al; COR-II Study Group. A randomized, phase 3 trial of naltrexone SR/bupropion SR on weight and obesity-related risk factors (COR-II). Obesity (Silver Spring) 2013; 21:935–943.
  41. Greenway FL, Fujioka K, Plodkowski RA, et al; COR-I Study Group. Effect of naltrexone plus bupropion on weight loss in overweight and obese adults (COR-I): a multicentre, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial. Lancet 2010; 376:595–605.
  42. Wadden TA, Foreyt JP, Foster GD, et al. Weight loss with naltrexone SR/bupropion SR combination therapy as an adjunct to behavior modification: the COR-BMOD trial. Obesity (Silver Spring) 2011; 19:110–120.
  43. Yanovski SZ, Yanovski JA. Naltrexone extended-release plus bupropion extended-release for treatment of obesity. JAMA 2015; 313:1213–1214.
  44. Contrave (naltrexone HC1 and bupropion HC1) extended release tablets [package insert]. Orexigen Therapeutics, 2017. https://contrave.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Contrave_PI.pdf. Accessed November 7, 2017.
  45. Pi-Sunyer X, Astrup A, Fujioka K, et al; SCALE Obesity and Prediabetes NN8022-1839 Study Group. A randomized, controlled trial of 3.0 mg of liraglutide in weight management. N Engl J Med 2015; 373:11–22.
  46. Astrup A, Carraro R, Finer N, et al; NN8022-1807 Investigators. Safety, tolerability and sustained weight loss over 2 years with the once-daily human GLP-1 analog, liraglutide. Int J Obes (Lond) 2012; 36:843–854.
  47. Lean ME, Carraro R, Finer N, et al; NN8022-1807 Investigators. Tolerability of nausea and vomiting and associations with weight loss in a randomized trial of liraglutide in obese, non-diabetic adults. Int J Obes (Lond) 2014; 38:689–697.
  48. Khera R, Murad MH, Chandar AK, et al. Association of pharmacological treatments for obesity with weight loss and adverse events: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2016; 315:2424–2434.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
951-958
Page Number
951-958
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Pharmacotherapy for obesity: What you need to know
Display Headline
Pharmacotherapy for obesity: What you need to know
Legacy Keywords
obesity, overweight, weight-loss drugs, phentermine, orlistat, Xenical, Alli, phentermine-topiramate, Qsymia, lorcaserin, Belviz, naltrexone-bupropion, Contrave, liraglutide, Saxenda, Sophie Bersoux, Tina Byun, Swarna Chaliki, Kenneth Poole
Legacy Keywords
obesity, overweight, weight-loss drugs, phentermine, orlistat, Xenical, Alli, phentermine-topiramate, Qsymia, lorcaserin, Belviz, naltrexone-bupropion, Contrave, liraglutide, Saxenda, Sophie Bersoux, Tina Byun, Swarna Chaliki, Kenneth Poole
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Weight-loss drugs should only be used in combination with lifestyle modification.
  • Preparations that combine 2 drugs have greater weight-loss benefits and better side-effect profiles.
  • Weight-loss drugs should be discontinued if substantial (5%) weight loss has not occurred by 12 weeks.
  • All weight-loss drugs are contraindicated in pregnancy.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Drug reaction or metastatic lung cancer?

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Drug reaction or metastatic lung cancer?

A 76-year-old man with ulcerative colitis presented with a 1-week history of low-grade fever and progressive dyspnea. He was taking infliximab for the ulcerative colitis. He was known to be negative for human immunodeficiency virus.

Figure 1. Computed tomography at the time of presentation showed infiltrates and pleural effusion in the upper lobe of the right lung (A). The left lung appeared normal (B).
Computed tomography (CT) of the chest revealed infiltrates in the upper lobe of the right lung and right pleural effusion (Figure 1). A sputum smear was positive for acid-fast bacilli, and Mycobacterium tuberculosis was isolated from both sputum and the pleural effusion. He was diagnosed with pulmonary tuberculosis and pleuritis. Infliximab treatment was discontinued and induction chemotherapy for tuberculosis was started.

Figure 2. Computed tomography after 3 months of tuberculosis treatment showed randomly distributed nodules in both lungs that resembled metastatic lung cancer.
After 2 months of combination therapy with isoniazid, rifampicin, ethambutol, and pyrazinamide, maintenance therapy with isoniazid and rifampicin was started. However, after 1 month on maintenance therapy (ie, a total of 3 months of therapy), the patient still had low-grade fever, and repeat chest CT showed randomly distributed nodules mimicking metastatic lung cancer throughout both lungs (Figure 2).

Since the M tuberculosis cultured from his lung proved to be sensitive to the antituberculosis drugs, we suspected that the nodules were a paradoxical reaction to the drug therapy, and thus we continued the treatment because of the continued low-grade fever. After 9 months of therapy, the fever had resolved and the nodules had disappeared, confirming our suspicion of a paradoxical reaction. The number of lymphocytes gradually increased during drug therapy.

Paradoxical reaction during tuberculosis treatment is defined as a worsening of pre-existing lesions or as the emergence of new lesions during appropriate therapy.1,2 The diagnosis is sometimes difficult, since new lesions can resemble other lung diseases. However, a paradoxical reaction involving randomly distributed nodules is rare and radiographically resembles metastatic lung cancer. Clinicians should be aware of this type of reaction in patients on tuberculosis therapy.

References
  1. Cheng SL, Wang HC, Yang PC. Paradoxical response during anti-tuberculosis treatment in HIV-negative patients with pulmonary tuberculosis. Int J Tuberc Lung Dis 2007; 11:1290–1295.
  2. Narita M, Ashkin D, Hollender ES, Pitchenik AE. Paradoxical worsening of tuberculosis following antiretroviral therapy in patients with AIDS. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1998; 158:157–161.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Hiromichi Hara, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Hirofumi Utsumi, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Hiroshi Wakui, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Haruhiko Yanagisawa, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Mitsuo Hashimoto, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Kazuyoshi Kuwano, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Address: Hiromichi Hara, MD, PhD, Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, 3-19-18 Nishishimbashi, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
914-915
Legacy Keywords
ulcerative colitis, infliximab, tuberculosis, lung cancer, computed tomography, CT, paradoxical reaction, lung nodules, Hiromichi Hara, Hirofumi Utsumi, Hiroshi Wakui, Haruhiko Yanagisawa, Mitsuo Hashimoto, Kazuyoshi Kuwano
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Hiromichi Hara, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Hirofumi Utsumi, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Hiroshi Wakui, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Haruhiko Yanagisawa, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Mitsuo Hashimoto, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Kazuyoshi Kuwano, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Address: Hiromichi Hara, MD, PhD, Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, 3-19-18 Nishishimbashi, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Hiromichi Hara, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Hirofumi Utsumi, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Hiroshi Wakui, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Haruhiko Yanagisawa, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Mitsuo Hashimoto, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Kazuyoshi Kuwano, MD, PhD
Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan

Address: Hiromichi Hara, MD, PhD, Division of Respiratory Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, Jikei University School of Medicine, 3-19-18 Nishishimbashi, Minatoku, Tokyo, Japan; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

A 76-year-old man with ulcerative colitis presented with a 1-week history of low-grade fever and progressive dyspnea. He was taking infliximab for the ulcerative colitis. He was known to be negative for human immunodeficiency virus.

Figure 1. Computed tomography at the time of presentation showed infiltrates and pleural effusion in the upper lobe of the right lung (A). The left lung appeared normal (B).
Computed tomography (CT) of the chest revealed infiltrates in the upper lobe of the right lung and right pleural effusion (Figure 1). A sputum smear was positive for acid-fast bacilli, and Mycobacterium tuberculosis was isolated from both sputum and the pleural effusion. He was diagnosed with pulmonary tuberculosis and pleuritis. Infliximab treatment was discontinued and induction chemotherapy for tuberculosis was started.

Figure 2. Computed tomography after 3 months of tuberculosis treatment showed randomly distributed nodules in both lungs that resembled metastatic lung cancer.
After 2 months of combination therapy with isoniazid, rifampicin, ethambutol, and pyrazinamide, maintenance therapy with isoniazid and rifampicin was started. However, after 1 month on maintenance therapy (ie, a total of 3 months of therapy), the patient still had low-grade fever, and repeat chest CT showed randomly distributed nodules mimicking metastatic lung cancer throughout both lungs (Figure 2).

Since the M tuberculosis cultured from his lung proved to be sensitive to the antituberculosis drugs, we suspected that the nodules were a paradoxical reaction to the drug therapy, and thus we continued the treatment because of the continued low-grade fever. After 9 months of therapy, the fever had resolved and the nodules had disappeared, confirming our suspicion of a paradoxical reaction. The number of lymphocytes gradually increased during drug therapy.

Paradoxical reaction during tuberculosis treatment is defined as a worsening of pre-existing lesions or as the emergence of new lesions during appropriate therapy.1,2 The diagnosis is sometimes difficult, since new lesions can resemble other lung diseases. However, a paradoxical reaction involving randomly distributed nodules is rare and radiographically resembles metastatic lung cancer. Clinicians should be aware of this type of reaction in patients on tuberculosis therapy.

A 76-year-old man with ulcerative colitis presented with a 1-week history of low-grade fever and progressive dyspnea. He was taking infliximab for the ulcerative colitis. He was known to be negative for human immunodeficiency virus.

Figure 1. Computed tomography at the time of presentation showed infiltrates and pleural effusion in the upper lobe of the right lung (A). The left lung appeared normal (B).
Computed tomography (CT) of the chest revealed infiltrates in the upper lobe of the right lung and right pleural effusion (Figure 1). A sputum smear was positive for acid-fast bacilli, and Mycobacterium tuberculosis was isolated from both sputum and the pleural effusion. He was diagnosed with pulmonary tuberculosis and pleuritis. Infliximab treatment was discontinued and induction chemotherapy for tuberculosis was started.

Figure 2. Computed tomography after 3 months of tuberculosis treatment showed randomly distributed nodules in both lungs that resembled metastatic lung cancer.
After 2 months of combination therapy with isoniazid, rifampicin, ethambutol, and pyrazinamide, maintenance therapy with isoniazid and rifampicin was started. However, after 1 month on maintenance therapy (ie, a total of 3 months of therapy), the patient still had low-grade fever, and repeat chest CT showed randomly distributed nodules mimicking metastatic lung cancer throughout both lungs (Figure 2).

Since the M tuberculosis cultured from his lung proved to be sensitive to the antituberculosis drugs, we suspected that the nodules were a paradoxical reaction to the drug therapy, and thus we continued the treatment because of the continued low-grade fever. After 9 months of therapy, the fever had resolved and the nodules had disappeared, confirming our suspicion of a paradoxical reaction. The number of lymphocytes gradually increased during drug therapy.

Paradoxical reaction during tuberculosis treatment is defined as a worsening of pre-existing lesions or as the emergence of new lesions during appropriate therapy.1,2 The diagnosis is sometimes difficult, since new lesions can resemble other lung diseases. However, a paradoxical reaction involving randomly distributed nodules is rare and radiographically resembles metastatic lung cancer. Clinicians should be aware of this type of reaction in patients on tuberculosis therapy.

References
  1. Cheng SL, Wang HC, Yang PC. Paradoxical response during anti-tuberculosis treatment in HIV-negative patients with pulmonary tuberculosis. Int J Tuberc Lung Dis 2007; 11:1290–1295.
  2. Narita M, Ashkin D, Hollender ES, Pitchenik AE. Paradoxical worsening of tuberculosis following antiretroviral therapy in patients with AIDS. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1998; 158:157–161.
References
  1. Cheng SL, Wang HC, Yang PC. Paradoxical response during anti-tuberculosis treatment in HIV-negative patients with pulmonary tuberculosis. Int J Tuberc Lung Dis 2007; 11:1290–1295.
  2. Narita M, Ashkin D, Hollender ES, Pitchenik AE. Paradoxical worsening of tuberculosis following antiretroviral therapy in patients with AIDS. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1998; 158:157–161.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
914-915
Page Number
914-915
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Drug reaction or metastatic lung cancer?
Display Headline
Drug reaction or metastatic lung cancer?
Legacy Keywords
ulcerative colitis, infliximab, tuberculosis, lung cancer, computed tomography, CT, paradoxical reaction, lung nodules, Hiromichi Hara, Hirofumi Utsumi, Hiroshi Wakui, Haruhiko Yanagisawa, Mitsuo Hashimoto, Kazuyoshi Kuwano
Legacy Keywords
ulcerative colitis, infliximab, tuberculosis, lung cancer, computed tomography, CT, paradoxical reaction, lung nodules, Hiromichi Hara, Hirofumi Utsumi, Hiroshi Wakui, Haruhiko Yanagisawa, Mitsuo Hashimoto, Kazuyoshi Kuwano
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

The Leser-Trélat sign

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
The Leser-Trélat sign

An 85-year-old woman presented with night sweats, dry cough, and an unintended 30-pound weight loss over the preceding 6 months. She also reported the sudden onset of “itchy moles” on her back.

Figure 1. Multiple seborrheic keratoses on the patient’s upper back.
Physical examination revealed multiple brown papules with a “stuck-on” appearance on her upper back, consistent with seborrheic keratoses (Figure 1), raising concern for the Leser-Trélat sign.

Figure 2. Computed tomography shows a left lung mass extending through the diaphragm and into the stomach with one metastatic lesion in the liver.
Computed tomography of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis revealed a left lower lobe lung mass extending through a diaphragmatic hernia and into the stomach and spleen and a metastatic lesion in the liver (Figure 2). A biopsy of the lung mass demonstrated squamous cell carcinoma of pulmonary origin.

KERATOSES AND MALIGNANCY

The Leser-Trélat sign is the sudden development of multiple pruritic seborrheic keratoses, often associated with malignancy.1–4 Roughly half of these associated malignancies are adenocarcinomas, most commonly of the stomach, breast, colon, or rectum. However, it can be seen in other malignancies, including lymphoma, leukemia, and squamous cell carcinoma, as in this case.

Eruption of seborrheic keratoses has also been observed with benign neoplasms, pregnancy, human immunodeficiency virus infections, and the use of adalimumab, which indicates that the Leser-Trélat sign is not very specific. Despite these concerns, the eruption of multiple seborrheic keratoses should continue to trigger the thought of an internal malignancy in the differential diagnosis.

References
  1. Ehst BD, Minzer-Conzetti K, Swerdlin A, Devere TS. Cutaneous manifestations of internal malignancy. Curr Probl Surg 2010; 47:384–445.
  2. Schwartz RA. Sign of Leser-Trélat. J Am Acad Dermatol 1996; 35:88–95.
  3. Ellis DL, Yates RA. Sign of Leser-Trélat. Clin Dermatol 1993; 11:141–148.
  4. Thiers BH, Sahn RE, Callen JP. Cutaneous manifestations of internal malignancy. CA Cancer J Clin 2009; 59:73–98.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Christopher Sardon, MD, MPH
Flight Surgeon, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Tinker Air Force Base, OK

Timothy Dempsey MD, MPH
Department of Internal Medicine, University of California Davis, Sacramento, CA

Address: Christopher Sardon MD, MPH, Flight Surgeon, Tinker Air Force Base, 7050 Air Depot Blvd., Tinker AFB, OK 73145; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
918
Legacy Keywords
Leser-Trélat sign, lung cancer, moles, itchy, pruritic, keratosis, keratosis, computed tomography, Christopher Sardon, Timothy Dempsey
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Christopher Sardon, MD, MPH
Flight Surgeon, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Tinker Air Force Base, OK

Timothy Dempsey MD, MPH
Department of Internal Medicine, University of California Davis, Sacramento, CA

Address: Christopher Sardon MD, MPH, Flight Surgeon, Tinker Air Force Base, 7050 Air Depot Blvd., Tinker AFB, OK 73145; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Christopher Sardon, MD, MPH
Flight Surgeon, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Tinker Air Force Base, OK

Timothy Dempsey MD, MPH
Department of Internal Medicine, University of California Davis, Sacramento, CA

Address: Christopher Sardon MD, MPH, Flight Surgeon, Tinker Air Force Base, 7050 Air Depot Blvd., Tinker AFB, OK 73145; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

An 85-year-old woman presented with night sweats, dry cough, and an unintended 30-pound weight loss over the preceding 6 months. She also reported the sudden onset of “itchy moles” on her back.

Figure 1. Multiple seborrheic keratoses on the patient’s upper back.
Physical examination revealed multiple brown papules with a “stuck-on” appearance on her upper back, consistent with seborrheic keratoses (Figure 1), raising concern for the Leser-Trélat sign.

Figure 2. Computed tomography shows a left lung mass extending through the diaphragm and into the stomach with one metastatic lesion in the liver.
Computed tomography of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis revealed a left lower lobe lung mass extending through a diaphragmatic hernia and into the stomach and spleen and a metastatic lesion in the liver (Figure 2). A biopsy of the lung mass demonstrated squamous cell carcinoma of pulmonary origin.

KERATOSES AND MALIGNANCY

The Leser-Trélat sign is the sudden development of multiple pruritic seborrheic keratoses, often associated with malignancy.1–4 Roughly half of these associated malignancies are adenocarcinomas, most commonly of the stomach, breast, colon, or rectum. However, it can be seen in other malignancies, including lymphoma, leukemia, and squamous cell carcinoma, as in this case.

Eruption of seborrheic keratoses has also been observed with benign neoplasms, pregnancy, human immunodeficiency virus infections, and the use of adalimumab, which indicates that the Leser-Trélat sign is not very specific. Despite these concerns, the eruption of multiple seborrheic keratoses should continue to trigger the thought of an internal malignancy in the differential diagnosis.

An 85-year-old woman presented with night sweats, dry cough, and an unintended 30-pound weight loss over the preceding 6 months. She also reported the sudden onset of “itchy moles” on her back.

Figure 1. Multiple seborrheic keratoses on the patient’s upper back.
Physical examination revealed multiple brown papules with a “stuck-on” appearance on her upper back, consistent with seborrheic keratoses (Figure 1), raising concern for the Leser-Trélat sign.

Figure 2. Computed tomography shows a left lung mass extending through the diaphragm and into the stomach with one metastatic lesion in the liver.
Computed tomography of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis revealed a left lower lobe lung mass extending through a diaphragmatic hernia and into the stomach and spleen and a metastatic lesion in the liver (Figure 2). A biopsy of the lung mass demonstrated squamous cell carcinoma of pulmonary origin.

KERATOSES AND MALIGNANCY

The Leser-Trélat sign is the sudden development of multiple pruritic seborrheic keratoses, often associated with malignancy.1–4 Roughly half of these associated malignancies are adenocarcinomas, most commonly of the stomach, breast, colon, or rectum. However, it can be seen in other malignancies, including lymphoma, leukemia, and squamous cell carcinoma, as in this case.

Eruption of seborrheic keratoses has also been observed with benign neoplasms, pregnancy, human immunodeficiency virus infections, and the use of adalimumab, which indicates that the Leser-Trélat sign is not very specific. Despite these concerns, the eruption of multiple seborrheic keratoses should continue to trigger the thought of an internal malignancy in the differential diagnosis.

References
  1. Ehst BD, Minzer-Conzetti K, Swerdlin A, Devere TS. Cutaneous manifestations of internal malignancy. Curr Probl Surg 2010; 47:384–445.
  2. Schwartz RA. Sign of Leser-Trélat. J Am Acad Dermatol 1996; 35:88–95.
  3. Ellis DL, Yates RA. Sign of Leser-Trélat. Clin Dermatol 1993; 11:141–148.
  4. Thiers BH, Sahn RE, Callen JP. Cutaneous manifestations of internal malignancy. CA Cancer J Clin 2009; 59:73–98.
References
  1. Ehst BD, Minzer-Conzetti K, Swerdlin A, Devere TS. Cutaneous manifestations of internal malignancy. Curr Probl Surg 2010; 47:384–445.
  2. Schwartz RA. Sign of Leser-Trélat. J Am Acad Dermatol 1996; 35:88–95.
  3. Ellis DL, Yates RA. Sign of Leser-Trélat. Clin Dermatol 1993; 11:141–148.
  4. Thiers BH, Sahn RE, Callen JP. Cutaneous manifestations of internal malignancy. CA Cancer J Clin 2009; 59:73–98.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
918
Page Number
918
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The Leser-Trélat sign
Display Headline
The Leser-Trélat sign
Legacy Keywords
Leser-Trélat sign, lung cancer, moles, itchy, pruritic, keratosis, keratosis, computed tomography, Christopher Sardon, Timothy Dempsey
Legacy Keywords
Leser-Trélat sign, lung cancer, moles, itchy, pruritic, keratosis, keratosis, computed tomography, Christopher Sardon, Timothy Dempsey
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

Big heart, small ring

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Big heart, small ring

A 58-year-old man presents with a 1-year history of chronic daytime fatigue, low libido, and difficulty achieving erections. He is upset: his wife suspects him of having an extramarital affair because, in addition to problems with his sexual performance, he has not been wearing his wedding ring. The patient explains that the ring has become too small for his finger and that he has never cheated on his wife. His wife has also been complaining that he snores loudly at night.

The patient works as an accountant. He has no known allergies to medications and takes no medications or supplements. He has no surgical history. He has never smoked tobacco or abused illicit drugs. He drinks a glass of wine once a week.

His father died at age 78 of a myocardial infarction; his 86-year-old mother has hypertension. He has no siblings. His 28-year-old biological son is healthy.

Physical examination

His temperature is 97.9°F (36.6°C), blood pressure 150/90 mm Hg, heart rate 80 per minute, respiratory rate 12 per minute, and oxygen saturation 98% on room air. His height is 5 feet 11 inches (180 cm), weight 250 lb (113 kg), and body mass index 35 kg/m2.

His forehead is wide with deep creases, his jaw, nose, and lower lip are prominent, and his tongue, hands, and feet are large. He has mild thyromegaly with no palpable nodules.

On cardiac examination, his point of maximal impulse is 3 cm lateral to the left midclavicular line in the fifth intercostal space; he has normal S1 and S2 with no murmurs, rubs, or gallops. The lungs are clear on auscultation. His abdomen is soft, nontender, and nondistended; the liver is palpated 2 cm below the costal margin. His extremities are not edematous.

LABORATORY TESTING

1. In addition to a complete blood cell count and comprehensive metabolic panel, which is the most appropriate test to order?

  • Growth hormone (GH) level
  • Insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) level
  • GH and IGF-1 levels
  • IGF-2 level

Acromegaly, an overview

The patient’s history of snoring and daytime fatigue suggests obstructive sleep apnea, which together with his enlarging ring finger size, wide forehead with deep creases, prominent jaw, nose, and lower lip, and enlarged thyroid, heart, and liver suggests acromegaly.

This chronic progressive disease is characterized by excessive secretion of GH leading to increased synthesis of IGF-1, the main mediator of GH’s effects. The end result is disproportionate growth of skeletal, soft, and organ tissue.1 A list of acromegaly’s clinical manifestations is shown in Table 1.2,3 The disease is often associated with insulin resistance.4

In most cases, acromegaly is caused by a GH-secreting pituitary adenoma. Rare causes include hypothalamic tumors that secrete GH-releasing hormone (GHRH) and ectopic secretion of GHRH or GH.1 Pseudoacromegaly, a mimic, is characterized by acromegalic features without hypersecretion of GH and with normal IGF-1 levels.4

The prevalence of acromegaly is 36 to 60 cases per million, and its annual incidence is 3 to 4 per million.5

With this patient’s presentation, the most appropriate next step is to order an IGF-1 level to screen for acromegaly.

GH secretion is pulsatile, IGF-1 secretion is not

GH is synthesized and stored in somatotroph cells, which account for more than 50% of pituitary hormone-secreting cells.6 Three hormones regulate synthesis and secretion of GH: GHRH, ghrelin, and somatostatin.7 GH secretion is pulsatile, with minimal basal secretion dependent on sex, age, neurotransmitters, exercise, and stress.7 It exerts its physiologic effects through an interaction with the GH receptor, a single-chain transmembrane glycoprotein.8,9

A GH-secreting adenoma develops when pituitary somatotroph cells undergo a monoclonal expansion. Mutations of various genes such as GNAS, PRKAR1A, and AIP are suspected of triggering such expansion. Disruption of the MENIN gene leads to multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome 1, a combination of pituitary adenoma, pancreatic tumor, and primary hyperparathyroidism.9 The pattern of cytoplasmic keratin in somatotroph cells defines 2 histologic subtypes: densely granulated and sparsely granulated. The latter subtype is associated with more-invasive lesions that are seen more often in younger patients and are less responsive to somatostatin ligand therapy.10

GH induces transcription of IGF-1, mostly in the liver. In contrast to GH, IGF-1 secretion is not pulsatile, and therefore IGF-1 can be measured more reliably in serum, and the results can be interpreted according to age- and sex-adjusted reference ranges.

The IGF-1 level is a very sensitive test, but it is not very specific. It can be falsely elevated in pregnancy, in patients on estrogen replacement therapy, and in late adolescence.11 In addition, it may be difficult to interpret the IGF-1 level in the setting of malnutrition, severe hyperglycemia, renal or hepatic failure, and hypothyroidism.11,12

Nonpulsatile secretion and high sensitivity make the IGF-1 level the screening test of choice for acromegaly.9,12 In contrast, because of the pulsatile nature of GH synthesis, one cannot rely on a random GH level alone to detect the hormone’s hypersecretion.

IGF-2 has no role in acromegaly

IGF-2, produced mainly by the liver, plays an important role in promoting fetal growth. IGF-2 may induce hypoglycemia when secreted by some mesenchymal tumors.13 This hormone has no role in the pathogenesis of acromegaly and should not be measured in this patient.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: FURTHER TESTING

The patient’s IGF-1 level is 590 ng/mL; the reference range for his age and sex is 68 to 245 ng/mL.

A sleep study confirms obstructive sleep apnea, and the patient is started on continuous positive airway pressure at night, with some reduction of his fatigue.

2. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Order magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the pituitary with gadolinium contrast
  • Perform a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load
  • Perform a GH stimulation test
  • Refer the patient to a neurosurgeon for a consultation

The most appropriate next step is a GH suppression test, performed by measuring the plasma GH level 2 hours after giving 75 g of glucose by mouth. This confirmatory test is necessary because the IGF-1 level can be falsely elevated. The normal response to an oral glucose challenge is suppression of the GH level to below 1 μg/L. Failure to suppress GH confirms the diagnosis of acromegaly.14

A GH stimulation test with insulin-induced hypoglycemia or with GHRH-arginine would be appropriate if GH deficiency were suspected rather than hypersecretion.

Imaging of the pituitary with MRI before obtaining biochemical confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly may mislead the physician because MRI does not determine the functional status of a pituitary tumor. Correct treatment of a pituitary tumor depends on whether the tumor causes hypersecretion or deficiency of any pituitary hormones.

Referral to a neurosurgeon for a consultation is premature until a biochemical diagnosis of acromegaly is made and a pituitary adenoma is subsequently demonstrated by imaging.

3. The patient’s GH level is 10 μg/L 2 hours after oral administration of 75 g of glucose. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Radiography of the skull to image the pituitary at a low cost
  • MRI of the pituitary with contrast after making sure the patient’s renal function is normal
  • MRI of the pituitary without contrast
  • Computed tomography of the head

The next step is MRI of the pituitary with contrast (gadolinium) after obtaining blood urea nitrogen and creatinine measurements to make sure the patient’s renal function is normal.14

Gadolinium contrast is contraindicated in patients with severely reduced renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 30 mL/min/1.73 m2) because of the risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. In such a case, MRI without contrast would be appropriate.

MRI is the most sensitive imaging test for detecting a pituitary adenoma, as it can detect tumors as small as 2 mm. A pituitary macroadenoma (> 10 mm in diameter) is detected in more than 75% of patients with acromegaly at diagnosis. The tumor often invades one or both cavernous sinuses or extends to the suprasellar region, possibly impinging on the optic chiasm.15

If MRI is contraindicated, computed tomography of the head should be performed.

CASE CONTINUED: IMAGING

The patient’s comprehensive metabolic panel is normal, but his fasting plasma glucose is 135 mg/dL (reference range 74–99). Pituitary MRI with contrast shows a 3-cm pituitary adenoma with suprasellar extension, impinging on the optic chiasm and invading the right cavernous sinus.

4. In addition to repeating the fasting plasma glucose and measuring hemoglobin A1c, what is the most appropriate next step in managing this patient?

  • Measure the prolactin, morning serum cortisol, total testosterone, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), and free thyroxine (T4)    levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields
  • Measure these hormone levels; perform a gross evaluation of the visual fields and refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if visual field deficits are found on the gross examination
  • Measure these hormone levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if he complains of vision changes
  • Do not order any additional tests; instruct the patient to call the office if he develops any vision changes

This patient should have all of these hormones measured. In addition, given that his macroadenoma is impinging on the optic chiasm, he should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields even if the latter are intact on gross examination and even if the patient does not complain of any visual changes.

Abnormalities of hormones other than GH and IGF-1 in acromegaly

Secretion of pituitary hormones other than GH and IGF-1 must be assessed.

Prolactin. GH-secreting tumors also secrete prolactin in up to one-third of patients, with the resulting hyperprolactinemia contributing to hypogonadism.11 Prolactin hypersecretion should be distinguished from hyperprolactinemia caused by pituitary stalk compression, which may be evident on MRI.

Measuring the serum prolactin level with 1:100 dilution to counteract the “hook effect” may unmask severe hyperprolactinemia due to a large macroprolactinoma. (The hook effect occurs when the prolactin level is so high that there is not enough antibody in the assay to bind both ends of all the prolactin molecules present, causing the reading to be falsely low.).

Cortisol, T4, testosterone. Patients with acromegaly may develop central adrenal insufficiency, central hypothyroidism, and central hypogonadism; these hormonal deficits may occur in isolation or in combination.

Also, patients should be assessed for comorbidities such as colon cancer (all patients with acromegaly require a colonoscopy, as acromegaly raises the risk of colon cancer), diabetes mellitus, hypertension, cardiomyopathy, and sleep apnea.16

Visual field loss may be insidious

Figure 1. Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
All patients with a pituitary macroadenoma that abuts the optic chiasm should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields. If there is a clear space between the tumor and the chiasm, such an evaluation is not necessary. Because these tumors develop insidiously, patients may not be aware of any changes in their vision.

The diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly is summarized in Figure 1.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: LABORATORY VALUES, TREATMENT OPTIONS

Our patient’s repeat fasting plasma glucose is 137 mg/dL; his hemoglobin A1c is 7.3%, consistent with diabetes mellitus secondary to acromegaly. Other laboratory values:

  • Morning cortisol level 15 μg/dL (reference range 5.3–22.5),
  • Prolactin 23 ng/mL, confirmed with 1:100 dilution (4.0–15.2)
  • Total testosterone 59 ng/dL (193–824)
  • LH 2.1 mIU/mL (1.8–10.8)
  • FSH 3.0 mIU/mL (1.5–12.4)
  • TSH 2.5 mIU/L (0.5–4.5)
  • Free T4 1.3 ng/dL (0.9–1.7).

The patient is started on metformin 500 mg by mouth twice a day, counseled on a healthy diet, and informed that his diabetes may be a complication of his acromegaly. He is anxious to learn how his acromegaly can be treated.

5. What treatment would you recommend for the patient’s acromegaly?

  • Medical treatment first, then transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma if medical treatment fails
  • Medical treatment first, radiotherapy if medical treatment fails, and transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma as a last resort
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma first, medical treatment if surgery fails, and radiotherapy if both surgery and medical treatment fail
  • Taking a safe, conservative approach, monitoring IGF-1 levels frequently; starting medical treatment if acromegaly does not go into remission in 1 year

The initial treatment of choice for most patients with acromegaly is resection of the pituitary tumor.

A transsphenoidal approach is used for most patients; only rarely is craniotomy necessary. Endoscopic and microsurgical techniques reduce postoperative morbidity.17 Postoperative complications include symptoms related to the transsphenoidal approach (nasal congestion, sinusitis, epistaxis), cerebrospinal fluid leak, hemorrhage, meningitis, stroke, visual impairment, vascular damage, transient or permanent diabetes insipidus, and hypopituitarism. The surgical mortality rate is less than 0.5%.18,19

Successful resection of a pituitary tumor would lead to normalization of the IGF-1 level, a drop of the GH level to below 1 μg/L, and relief of the effect of the tumor pressing against other structures. An IGF-1 level and a random GH level should be obtained 12 weeks after the surgery.14 If the GH level is higher than 1 μg/L, a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load should be performed.14 MRI of the sella turcica should be done 12 weeks after surgery to visualize residual tumor and adjacent structures.14

A large tumor size, suprasellar extension, and high preoperative levels of IGF-1 and GH are associated with a lack of surgical success; however, surgical debulking should still be considered in patients with a low chance for surgical cure to improve the probability of achieving biochemical remission with postoperative medical and radiologic therapy.20

Medical therapy can be the initial treatment if the patient refuses surgery or if surgery is contraindicated because of severe comorbidities or because structural features of the tumor confer a high surgical risk (eg, if the adenoma encases the cavernous portion of a carotid artery).13 Medical therapy may shrink the tumor in some patients and may thereby make surgical resection easier and more likely to be successful.

Radiotherapy is usually reserved for patients whose tumors recur or persist postoperatively and who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy.14 The soft tissue changes caused by acromegaly may regress with treatment to some degree, but they are not likely to resolve completely; the bone changes do not regress.

CASE CONTINUED: MEDICAL TREATMENT

Three months after transsphenoidal resection of his pituitary macroadenoma, our patient’s laboratory values are as follows:

  • IGF-1 400 ng/mL
  • Morning cortisol 20 μg/dL
  • Testosterone 95 ng/dL
  • LH 2.1 mU/mL
  • FSH 3.7 mU/mL
  • Prolactin 12 ng/mL
  • TSH 2.3 mIU/L
  • Free T4 1.2 ng/dL
  • Basic metabolic panel normal.

The patient denies frequent urination or increased thirst. Repeat MRI of the pituitary with contrast shows a residual 1.3-cm adenoma with no suprasellar extension.

6. What is the best next treatment choice for the patient?

  • A GH receptor antagonist (pegvisomant)
  • A somatostatin receptor ligand (SRL) such as octreotide
  • Cabergoline (a dopamine agonist)
  • A combination of an SRL and pegvisomant

An SRL such as octreotide would be the best choice for this patient.

The medical options for acromegaly are SRLs, pegvisomant, and cabergoline.21–23 The Endocrine Society guidelines recommend either an SRL or pegvisomant as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with persistent disease after surgery.14 However, pegvisomant is much more expensive than any SRL, so an SRL would be a better choice in this patient. Also, pegvisomant does not suppress tumor growth, in contrast to SRLs, so SRLs are preferred in patients with large tumors abutting the optic chiasm.14

SRLs are used as primary therapy in patients who cannot be cured by surgery, have extensive cavernous sinus invasion, have no chiasmal compression, or are poor surgical candidates.

Cabergoline, a dopamine agonist, should be tried as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with only modest elevations of serum IGF-1 and mild signs and symptoms of acromegaly.14

Pegvisomant or cabergoline can be added to an SRL in patients who have an inadequate response to an SRL.14 Combination therapy would be premature in this patient.

The medical treatment of acromegaly is summarized in Table 2.14,15 Side effects of the medications used to treat acromegaly are summarized in Table 3.14

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: RADIOTHERAPY

The patient is treated with octreotide, and the dose is subsequently titrated upward. His central hypogonadism is treated with testosterone gel. After 3 months, his IGF-1 level decreases to 190 ng/mL, the total testosterone increases to 450 ng/dL, and the hemoglobin A1c decreases to 5.9%.

The patient asks if stereotactic radiotherapy, which he read about on the Internet, can cure his acromegaly so that he can avoid the monthly octreotide injections.

7. Which statement best describes radiotherapy’s therapeutic effect in acromegaly?

  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is more effective than medical therapy and should be used as a second-line treatment after surgery
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is less effective than conventional radiotherapy
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and to biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy causes hypopituitarism in no more than 1% of patients

Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years.24,25

Hypopituitarism develops in up to 50% of patients at 5 years, and its incidence increases with the duration of follow-up.24 The risk of other complications is low (0% to 5% for new visual deficits, cranial nerve damage, or brain radionecrosis, and 0% to 1% for secondary brain tumors).24

Conventional radiotherapy has fallen out of favor because it is associated with an increased risk of death (mainly from stroke) independent of IGF-1 and GH levels, and a higher rate of complications than stereotactic radiotherapy.14,16 Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or cannot tolerate medical therapy; it is the third-line treatment.24

Given that our patient responded to the medical therapy and tolerated it well and given the high risk of hypopituitarism associated with stereotactic radiotherapy, the latter would not be appropriate for the patient.

His fatigue has diminished further and his sexual performance has improved. He is still married and his wife no longer suspects him of infidelity.

KEY POINTS

  • IGF-1 is the screening test of choice in a patient with signs and symptoms of acromegaly.
  • A growth hormone suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load is the gold standard test for confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly in patients with an elevated IGF-1 level.
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma is the initial treatment of choice for acromegaly.
  • Patients with residual or recurrent growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma can be treated with somatostatin receptor ligands, a growth hormone receptor antagonist (pegvisomant), and a dopamine agonist cabergoline.
  • Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy. Stereotactic radiotherapy has largely replaced conventional radiotherapy.
References
  1. Melmed S. Acromegaly pathogenesis and treatment. J Clin Invest 2009; 119:3189–3202.
  2. Molitch ME. Clinical manifestations of acromegaly. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1992; 21:597–614.
  3. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  4. Yacub A, Yaqub N. Insulin-mediated pseudoacromegaly: a case report and review of the literature. W V Med J 2008; 104:12–15.
  5. Mestron A, Webb SM, Astorga R, et al. Epidemiology, clinical characteristics, outcome, morbidity and mortality in acromegaly based on the Spanish Acromegaly Registry (Registro Espanol de Acromegalia, REA). Eur J Endocrinol 2004; 151:439–446.
  6. Zhu X, Lin CR, Prefontaine CG, Tollkuhn J, Rosenfeld MG. Genetic control of pituitary development and hypopituitarism. Curr Opin Genet Dev 2005; 15:332–340.
  7. Tannenbaum GS, Epelbaum J, Bowers CY. Interrelationship between the novel peptide ghrelin and somatostatin/growth hormone-releasing hormone in regulation of pulsatile growth hormone secretion. Endocrinology 2003; 144:967–974.
  8. Lanning NJ, Carter-Su C. Recent advances in growth hormone signaling. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2006; 7:225–235.
  9. Colao A, Ferone D, Marzullo P, Lombardi G. Systemic complications of acromegaly: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and management. Endocr Rev 2004; 25:102–152.
  10. Larkin S, Reddy R, Karavitaki N, Cudlip S, Wass J, Ansorge O. Granulation pattern, but not GSP or GHR mutation, is associated with clinical characteristics in somatostatin-naive patients with somatotroph adenomas. Eur J Endocrinol 2013; 168:491–499.
  11. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  12. Peacey SR, Toogood AA, Veldhuis JD, Thorner MO, Shalet SM. The relationship between 24-hour growth hormone secretion and insulin-like growth factor I in patients with successfully treated acromegaly: impact of surgery or radiotherapy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:259–266.
  13. Livingstone C. IGF2 and cancer. Endocr Relat Cancer 2013; 20:R321–R339.
  14. Katznelson L, Laws ER Jr, Melmed S, et al. Acromegaly: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3933–3951.
  15. Melmed S. Acromegaly. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2558–2573.
  16. Melmed S, Casanueva FF, Klibanski A, et al. A consensus on the diagnosis and treatment of acromegaly complications. Pituitary 2013; 16:294–302.
  17. Marquez Y, Tuchman A, Zada G. Surgery and radiosurgery for acromegaly: a review of indications, operative techniques, outcomes, and complications. Int J Endocrinol 2012; 2012: 386401.
  18. Jane JA Jr, Starke RM, Elzoghby MA, et al. Endoscopic transsphenoidal surgery for acromegaly: remission using modern criteria, complications, and predictors of outcome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2732–2740.
  19. Cappabianca P, Cavallo LM, Colao A, de Divitiis E. Surgical complications associated with the endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach for pituitary adenomas. J Neurosurg 2002; 97:293–298.
  20. Nomikos P, Buchfelder M, Fahlbusch R. The outcome of surgery in 668 patients with acromegaly using current criteria of biochemical “cure.” Eur J Endocrinol 2005; 152:379–387.
  21. Howlett TA, Willis D, Walker G, Wass JA, Trainer PJ; UK Acromegaly Register Study Group (UKAR-3). Control of growth hormone and IGF1 in patients with acromegaly in the UK: responses to medical treatment with somatostatin analogues and dopamine agonists. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2013; 79:689–699.
  22. Katznelson L. Pegvisomant for the treatment of acromegaly-translation of clinical trials into clinical practice. Nat Clin Pract Endocrinol Metab 2007; 3:514–515.
  23. Freda PU, Reyes CM, Nuruzzaman AT, Sundeen RE, Khandji AG, Post KD. Cabergoline therapy of growth hormone & growth hormone/prolactin secreting pituitary tumors. Pituitary 2004; 7:21–30.
  24. Castinetti F, Morange I, Dufour H, Regis J, Brue T. Radiotherapy and radiosurgery in acromegaly. Pituitary 2009; 12:3–10.
  25. Gheorghiu ML. Updates in outcomes of stereotactic radiation therapy in acromegaly. Pituitary 2017; 20:154–168.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Igor Kravets, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, Stony Brook, NY

Address: Igor Kravets, MD, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, 101 Nicolls Road, HSC T-16, Stony Brook, NY 11794; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
925-933
Legacy Keywords
acromegaly, obstructive sleep apnea, wedding ring, pituitary, growth hormone, visual fields, GH, insulin-like growth factor 1, IGF-1, cortisol, prolactin, hormone, somatostatin receptor ligands, SRLs, pegvisomant, dopamine, carbergoline, octreotide, lanreotide, pasireotide, Igor Kravets
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Igor Kravets, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, Stony Brook, NY

Address: Igor Kravets, MD, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, 101 Nicolls Road, HSC T-16, Stony Brook, NY 11794; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Igor Kravets, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, Stony Brook, NY

Address: Igor Kravets, MD, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, 101 Nicolls Road, HSC T-16, Stony Brook, NY 11794; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

A 58-year-old man presents with a 1-year history of chronic daytime fatigue, low libido, and difficulty achieving erections. He is upset: his wife suspects him of having an extramarital affair because, in addition to problems with his sexual performance, he has not been wearing his wedding ring. The patient explains that the ring has become too small for his finger and that he has never cheated on his wife. His wife has also been complaining that he snores loudly at night.

The patient works as an accountant. He has no known allergies to medications and takes no medications or supplements. He has no surgical history. He has never smoked tobacco or abused illicit drugs. He drinks a glass of wine once a week.

His father died at age 78 of a myocardial infarction; his 86-year-old mother has hypertension. He has no siblings. His 28-year-old biological son is healthy.

Physical examination

His temperature is 97.9°F (36.6°C), blood pressure 150/90 mm Hg, heart rate 80 per minute, respiratory rate 12 per minute, and oxygen saturation 98% on room air. His height is 5 feet 11 inches (180 cm), weight 250 lb (113 kg), and body mass index 35 kg/m2.

His forehead is wide with deep creases, his jaw, nose, and lower lip are prominent, and his tongue, hands, and feet are large. He has mild thyromegaly with no palpable nodules.

On cardiac examination, his point of maximal impulse is 3 cm lateral to the left midclavicular line in the fifth intercostal space; he has normal S1 and S2 with no murmurs, rubs, or gallops. The lungs are clear on auscultation. His abdomen is soft, nontender, and nondistended; the liver is palpated 2 cm below the costal margin. His extremities are not edematous.

LABORATORY TESTING

1. In addition to a complete blood cell count and comprehensive metabolic panel, which is the most appropriate test to order?

  • Growth hormone (GH) level
  • Insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) level
  • GH and IGF-1 levels
  • IGF-2 level

Acromegaly, an overview

The patient’s history of snoring and daytime fatigue suggests obstructive sleep apnea, which together with his enlarging ring finger size, wide forehead with deep creases, prominent jaw, nose, and lower lip, and enlarged thyroid, heart, and liver suggests acromegaly.

This chronic progressive disease is characterized by excessive secretion of GH leading to increased synthesis of IGF-1, the main mediator of GH’s effects. The end result is disproportionate growth of skeletal, soft, and organ tissue.1 A list of acromegaly’s clinical manifestations is shown in Table 1.2,3 The disease is often associated with insulin resistance.4

In most cases, acromegaly is caused by a GH-secreting pituitary adenoma. Rare causes include hypothalamic tumors that secrete GH-releasing hormone (GHRH) and ectopic secretion of GHRH or GH.1 Pseudoacromegaly, a mimic, is characterized by acromegalic features without hypersecretion of GH and with normal IGF-1 levels.4

The prevalence of acromegaly is 36 to 60 cases per million, and its annual incidence is 3 to 4 per million.5

With this patient’s presentation, the most appropriate next step is to order an IGF-1 level to screen for acromegaly.

GH secretion is pulsatile, IGF-1 secretion is not

GH is synthesized and stored in somatotroph cells, which account for more than 50% of pituitary hormone-secreting cells.6 Three hormones regulate synthesis and secretion of GH: GHRH, ghrelin, and somatostatin.7 GH secretion is pulsatile, with minimal basal secretion dependent on sex, age, neurotransmitters, exercise, and stress.7 It exerts its physiologic effects through an interaction with the GH receptor, a single-chain transmembrane glycoprotein.8,9

A GH-secreting adenoma develops when pituitary somatotroph cells undergo a monoclonal expansion. Mutations of various genes such as GNAS, PRKAR1A, and AIP are suspected of triggering such expansion. Disruption of the MENIN gene leads to multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome 1, a combination of pituitary adenoma, pancreatic tumor, and primary hyperparathyroidism.9 The pattern of cytoplasmic keratin in somatotroph cells defines 2 histologic subtypes: densely granulated and sparsely granulated. The latter subtype is associated with more-invasive lesions that are seen more often in younger patients and are less responsive to somatostatin ligand therapy.10

GH induces transcription of IGF-1, mostly in the liver. In contrast to GH, IGF-1 secretion is not pulsatile, and therefore IGF-1 can be measured more reliably in serum, and the results can be interpreted according to age- and sex-adjusted reference ranges.

The IGF-1 level is a very sensitive test, but it is not very specific. It can be falsely elevated in pregnancy, in patients on estrogen replacement therapy, and in late adolescence.11 In addition, it may be difficult to interpret the IGF-1 level in the setting of malnutrition, severe hyperglycemia, renal or hepatic failure, and hypothyroidism.11,12

Nonpulsatile secretion and high sensitivity make the IGF-1 level the screening test of choice for acromegaly.9,12 In contrast, because of the pulsatile nature of GH synthesis, one cannot rely on a random GH level alone to detect the hormone’s hypersecretion.

IGF-2 has no role in acromegaly

IGF-2, produced mainly by the liver, plays an important role in promoting fetal growth. IGF-2 may induce hypoglycemia when secreted by some mesenchymal tumors.13 This hormone has no role in the pathogenesis of acromegaly and should not be measured in this patient.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: FURTHER TESTING

The patient’s IGF-1 level is 590 ng/mL; the reference range for his age and sex is 68 to 245 ng/mL.

A sleep study confirms obstructive sleep apnea, and the patient is started on continuous positive airway pressure at night, with some reduction of his fatigue.

2. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Order magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the pituitary with gadolinium contrast
  • Perform a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load
  • Perform a GH stimulation test
  • Refer the patient to a neurosurgeon for a consultation

The most appropriate next step is a GH suppression test, performed by measuring the plasma GH level 2 hours after giving 75 g of glucose by mouth. This confirmatory test is necessary because the IGF-1 level can be falsely elevated. The normal response to an oral glucose challenge is suppression of the GH level to below 1 μg/L. Failure to suppress GH confirms the diagnosis of acromegaly.14

A GH stimulation test with insulin-induced hypoglycemia or with GHRH-arginine would be appropriate if GH deficiency were suspected rather than hypersecretion.

Imaging of the pituitary with MRI before obtaining biochemical confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly may mislead the physician because MRI does not determine the functional status of a pituitary tumor. Correct treatment of a pituitary tumor depends on whether the tumor causes hypersecretion or deficiency of any pituitary hormones.

Referral to a neurosurgeon for a consultation is premature until a biochemical diagnosis of acromegaly is made and a pituitary adenoma is subsequently demonstrated by imaging.

3. The patient’s GH level is 10 μg/L 2 hours after oral administration of 75 g of glucose. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Radiography of the skull to image the pituitary at a low cost
  • MRI of the pituitary with contrast after making sure the patient’s renal function is normal
  • MRI of the pituitary without contrast
  • Computed tomography of the head

The next step is MRI of the pituitary with contrast (gadolinium) after obtaining blood urea nitrogen and creatinine measurements to make sure the patient’s renal function is normal.14

Gadolinium contrast is contraindicated in patients with severely reduced renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 30 mL/min/1.73 m2) because of the risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. In such a case, MRI without contrast would be appropriate.

MRI is the most sensitive imaging test for detecting a pituitary adenoma, as it can detect tumors as small as 2 mm. A pituitary macroadenoma (> 10 mm in diameter) is detected in more than 75% of patients with acromegaly at diagnosis. The tumor often invades one or both cavernous sinuses or extends to the suprasellar region, possibly impinging on the optic chiasm.15

If MRI is contraindicated, computed tomography of the head should be performed.

CASE CONTINUED: IMAGING

The patient’s comprehensive metabolic panel is normal, but his fasting plasma glucose is 135 mg/dL (reference range 74–99). Pituitary MRI with contrast shows a 3-cm pituitary adenoma with suprasellar extension, impinging on the optic chiasm and invading the right cavernous sinus.

4. In addition to repeating the fasting plasma glucose and measuring hemoglobin A1c, what is the most appropriate next step in managing this patient?

  • Measure the prolactin, morning serum cortisol, total testosterone, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), and free thyroxine (T4)    levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields
  • Measure these hormone levels; perform a gross evaluation of the visual fields and refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if visual field deficits are found on the gross examination
  • Measure these hormone levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if he complains of vision changes
  • Do not order any additional tests; instruct the patient to call the office if he develops any vision changes

This patient should have all of these hormones measured. In addition, given that his macroadenoma is impinging on the optic chiasm, he should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields even if the latter are intact on gross examination and even if the patient does not complain of any visual changes.

Abnormalities of hormones other than GH and IGF-1 in acromegaly

Secretion of pituitary hormones other than GH and IGF-1 must be assessed.

Prolactin. GH-secreting tumors also secrete prolactin in up to one-third of patients, with the resulting hyperprolactinemia contributing to hypogonadism.11 Prolactin hypersecretion should be distinguished from hyperprolactinemia caused by pituitary stalk compression, which may be evident on MRI.

Measuring the serum prolactin level with 1:100 dilution to counteract the “hook effect” may unmask severe hyperprolactinemia due to a large macroprolactinoma. (The hook effect occurs when the prolactin level is so high that there is not enough antibody in the assay to bind both ends of all the prolactin molecules present, causing the reading to be falsely low.).

Cortisol, T4, testosterone. Patients with acromegaly may develop central adrenal insufficiency, central hypothyroidism, and central hypogonadism; these hormonal deficits may occur in isolation or in combination.

Also, patients should be assessed for comorbidities such as colon cancer (all patients with acromegaly require a colonoscopy, as acromegaly raises the risk of colon cancer), diabetes mellitus, hypertension, cardiomyopathy, and sleep apnea.16

Visual field loss may be insidious

Figure 1. Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
All patients with a pituitary macroadenoma that abuts the optic chiasm should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields. If there is a clear space between the tumor and the chiasm, such an evaluation is not necessary. Because these tumors develop insidiously, patients may not be aware of any changes in their vision.

The diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly is summarized in Figure 1.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: LABORATORY VALUES, TREATMENT OPTIONS

Our patient’s repeat fasting plasma glucose is 137 mg/dL; his hemoglobin A1c is 7.3%, consistent with diabetes mellitus secondary to acromegaly. Other laboratory values:

  • Morning cortisol level 15 μg/dL (reference range 5.3–22.5),
  • Prolactin 23 ng/mL, confirmed with 1:100 dilution (4.0–15.2)
  • Total testosterone 59 ng/dL (193–824)
  • LH 2.1 mIU/mL (1.8–10.8)
  • FSH 3.0 mIU/mL (1.5–12.4)
  • TSH 2.5 mIU/L (0.5–4.5)
  • Free T4 1.3 ng/dL (0.9–1.7).

The patient is started on metformin 500 mg by mouth twice a day, counseled on a healthy diet, and informed that his diabetes may be a complication of his acromegaly. He is anxious to learn how his acromegaly can be treated.

5. What treatment would you recommend for the patient’s acromegaly?

  • Medical treatment first, then transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma if medical treatment fails
  • Medical treatment first, radiotherapy if medical treatment fails, and transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma as a last resort
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma first, medical treatment if surgery fails, and radiotherapy if both surgery and medical treatment fail
  • Taking a safe, conservative approach, monitoring IGF-1 levels frequently; starting medical treatment if acromegaly does not go into remission in 1 year

The initial treatment of choice for most patients with acromegaly is resection of the pituitary tumor.

A transsphenoidal approach is used for most patients; only rarely is craniotomy necessary. Endoscopic and microsurgical techniques reduce postoperative morbidity.17 Postoperative complications include symptoms related to the transsphenoidal approach (nasal congestion, sinusitis, epistaxis), cerebrospinal fluid leak, hemorrhage, meningitis, stroke, visual impairment, vascular damage, transient or permanent diabetes insipidus, and hypopituitarism. The surgical mortality rate is less than 0.5%.18,19

Successful resection of a pituitary tumor would lead to normalization of the IGF-1 level, a drop of the GH level to below 1 μg/L, and relief of the effect of the tumor pressing against other structures. An IGF-1 level and a random GH level should be obtained 12 weeks after the surgery.14 If the GH level is higher than 1 μg/L, a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load should be performed.14 MRI of the sella turcica should be done 12 weeks after surgery to visualize residual tumor and adjacent structures.14

A large tumor size, suprasellar extension, and high preoperative levels of IGF-1 and GH are associated with a lack of surgical success; however, surgical debulking should still be considered in patients with a low chance for surgical cure to improve the probability of achieving biochemical remission with postoperative medical and radiologic therapy.20

Medical therapy can be the initial treatment if the patient refuses surgery or if surgery is contraindicated because of severe comorbidities or because structural features of the tumor confer a high surgical risk (eg, if the adenoma encases the cavernous portion of a carotid artery).13 Medical therapy may shrink the tumor in some patients and may thereby make surgical resection easier and more likely to be successful.

Radiotherapy is usually reserved for patients whose tumors recur or persist postoperatively and who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy.14 The soft tissue changes caused by acromegaly may regress with treatment to some degree, but they are not likely to resolve completely; the bone changes do not regress.

CASE CONTINUED: MEDICAL TREATMENT

Three months after transsphenoidal resection of his pituitary macroadenoma, our patient’s laboratory values are as follows:

  • IGF-1 400 ng/mL
  • Morning cortisol 20 μg/dL
  • Testosterone 95 ng/dL
  • LH 2.1 mU/mL
  • FSH 3.7 mU/mL
  • Prolactin 12 ng/mL
  • TSH 2.3 mIU/L
  • Free T4 1.2 ng/dL
  • Basic metabolic panel normal.

The patient denies frequent urination or increased thirst. Repeat MRI of the pituitary with contrast shows a residual 1.3-cm adenoma with no suprasellar extension.

6. What is the best next treatment choice for the patient?

  • A GH receptor antagonist (pegvisomant)
  • A somatostatin receptor ligand (SRL) such as octreotide
  • Cabergoline (a dopamine agonist)
  • A combination of an SRL and pegvisomant

An SRL such as octreotide would be the best choice for this patient.

The medical options for acromegaly are SRLs, pegvisomant, and cabergoline.21–23 The Endocrine Society guidelines recommend either an SRL or pegvisomant as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with persistent disease after surgery.14 However, pegvisomant is much more expensive than any SRL, so an SRL would be a better choice in this patient. Also, pegvisomant does not suppress tumor growth, in contrast to SRLs, so SRLs are preferred in patients with large tumors abutting the optic chiasm.14

SRLs are used as primary therapy in patients who cannot be cured by surgery, have extensive cavernous sinus invasion, have no chiasmal compression, or are poor surgical candidates.

Cabergoline, a dopamine agonist, should be tried as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with only modest elevations of serum IGF-1 and mild signs and symptoms of acromegaly.14

Pegvisomant or cabergoline can be added to an SRL in patients who have an inadequate response to an SRL.14 Combination therapy would be premature in this patient.

The medical treatment of acromegaly is summarized in Table 2.14,15 Side effects of the medications used to treat acromegaly are summarized in Table 3.14

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: RADIOTHERAPY

The patient is treated with octreotide, and the dose is subsequently titrated upward. His central hypogonadism is treated with testosterone gel. After 3 months, his IGF-1 level decreases to 190 ng/mL, the total testosterone increases to 450 ng/dL, and the hemoglobin A1c decreases to 5.9%.

The patient asks if stereotactic radiotherapy, which he read about on the Internet, can cure his acromegaly so that he can avoid the monthly octreotide injections.

7. Which statement best describes radiotherapy’s therapeutic effect in acromegaly?

  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is more effective than medical therapy and should be used as a second-line treatment after surgery
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is less effective than conventional radiotherapy
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and to biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy causes hypopituitarism in no more than 1% of patients

Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years.24,25

Hypopituitarism develops in up to 50% of patients at 5 years, and its incidence increases with the duration of follow-up.24 The risk of other complications is low (0% to 5% for new visual deficits, cranial nerve damage, or brain radionecrosis, and 0% to 1% for secondary brain tumors).24

Conventional radiotherapy has fallen out of favor because it is associated with an increased risk of death (mainly from stroke) independent of IGF-1 and GH levels, and a higher rate of complications than stereotactic radiotherapy.14,16 Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or cannot tolerate medical therapy; it is the third-line treatment.24

Given that our patient responded to the medical therapy and tolerated it well and given the high risk of hypopituitarism associated with stereotactic radiotherapy, the latter would not be appropriate for the patient.

His fatigue has diminished further and his sexual performance has improved. He is still married and his wife no longer suspects him of infidelity.

KEY POINTS

  • IGF-1 is the screening test of choice in a patient with signs and symptoms of acromegaly.
  • A growth hormone suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load is the gold standard test for confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly in patients with an elevated IGF-1 level.
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma is the initial treatment of choice for acromegaly.
  • Patients with residual or recurrent growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma can be treated with somatostatin receptor ligands, a growth hormone receptor antagonist (pegvisomant), and a dopamine agonist cabergoline.
  • Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy. Stereotactic radiotherapy has largely replaced conventional radiotherapy.

A 58-year-old man presents with a 1-year history of chronic daytime fatigue, low libido, and difficulty achieving erections. He is upset: his wife suspects him of having an extramarital affair because, in addition to problems with his sexual performance, he has not been wearing his wedding ring. The patient explains that the ring has become too small for his finger and that he has never cheated on his wife. His wife has also been complaining that he snores loudly at night.

The patient works as an accountant. He has no known allergies to medications and takes no medications or supplements. He has no surgical history. He has never smoked tobacco or abused illicit drugs. He drinks a glass of wine once a week.

His father died at age 78 of a myocardial infarction; his 86-year-old mother has hypertension. He has no siblings. His 28-year-old biological son is healthy.

Physical examination

His temperature is 97.9°F (36.6°C), blood pressure 150/90 mm Hg, heart rate 80 per minute, respiratory rate 12 per minute, and oxygen saturation 98% on room air. His height is 5 feet 11 inches (180 cm), weight 250 lb (113 kg), and body mass index 35 kg/m2.

His forehead is wide with deep creases, his jaw, nose, and lower lip are prominent, and his tongue, hands, and feet are large. He has mild thyromegaly with no palpable nodules.

On cardiac examination, his point of maximal impulse is 3 cm lateral to the left midclavicular line in the fifth intercostal space; he has normal S1 and S2 with no murmurs, rubs, or gallops. The lungs are clear on auscultation. His abdomen is soft, nontender, and nondistended; the liver is palpated 2 cm below the costal margin. His extremities are not edematous.

LABORATORY TESTING

1. In addition to a complete blood cell count and comprehensive metabolic panel, which is the most appropriate test to order?

  • Growth hormone (GH) level
  • Insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) level
  • GH and IGF-1 levels
  • IGF-2 level

Acromegaly, an overview

The patient’s history of snoring and daytime fatigue suggests obstructive sleep apnea, which together with his enlarging ring finger size, wide forehead with deep creases, prominent jaw, nose, and lower lip, and enlarged thyroid, heart, and liver suggests acromegaly.

This chronic progressive disease is characterized by excessive secretion of GH leading to increased synthesis of IGF-1, the main mediator of GH’s effects. The end result is disproportionate growth of skeletal, soft, and organ tissue.1 A list of acromegaly’s clinical manifestations is shown in Table 1.2,3 The disease is often associated with insulin resistance.4

In most cases, acromegaly is caused by a GH-secreting pituitary adenoma. Rare causes include hypothalamic tumors that secrete GH-releasing hormone (GHRH) and ectopic secretion of GHRH or GH.1 Pseudoacromegaly, a mimic, is characterized by acromegalic features without hypersecretion of GH and with normal IGF-1 levels.4

The prevalence of acromegaly is 36 to 60 cases per million, and its annual incidence is 3 to 4 per million.5

With this patient’s presentation, the most appropriate next step is to order an IGF-1 level to screen for acromegaly.

GH secretion is pulsatile, IGF-1 secretion is not

GH is synthesized and stored in somatotroph cells, which account for more than 50% of pituitary hormone-secreting cells.6 Three hormones regulate synthesis and secretion of GH: GHRH, ghrelin, and somatostatin.7 GH secretion is pulsatile, with minimal basal secretion dependent on sex, age, neurotransmitters, exercise, and stress.7 It exerts its physiologic effects through an interaction with the GH receptor, a single-chain transmembrane glycoprotein.8,9

A GH-secreting adenoma develops when pituitary somatotroph cells undergo a monoclonal expansion. Mutations of various genes such as GNAS, PRKAR1A, and AIP are suspected of triggering such expansion. Disruption of the MENIN gene leads to multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome 1, a combination of pituitary adenoma, pancreatic tumor, and primary hyperparathyroidism.9 The pattern of cytoplasmic keratin in somatotroph cells defines 2 histologic subtypes: densely granulated and sparsely granulated. The latter subtype is associated with more-invasive lesions that are seen more often in younger patients and are less responsive to somatostatin ligand therapy.10

GH induces transcription of IGF-1, mostly in the liver. In contrast to GH, IGF-1 secretion is not pulsatile, and therefore IGF-1 can be measured more reliably in serum, and the results can be interpreted according to age- and sex-adjusted reference ranges.

The IGF-1 level is a very sensitive test, but it is not very specific. It can be falsely elevated in pregnancy, in patients on estrogen replacement therapy, and in late adolescence.11 In addition, it may be difficult to interpret the IGF-1 level in the setting of malnutrition, severe hyperglycemia, renal or hepatic failure, and hypothyroidism.11,12

Nonpulsatile secretion and high sensitivity make the IGF-1 level the screening test of choice for acromegaly.9,12 In contrast, because of the pulsatile nature of GH synthesis, one cannot rely on a random GH level alone to detect the hormone’s hypersecretion.

IGF-2 has no role in acromegaly

IGF-2, produced mainly by the liver, plays an important role in promoting fetal growth. IGF-2 may induce hypoglycemia when secreted by some mesenchymal tumors.13 This hormone has no role in the pathogenesis of acromegaly and should not be measured in this patient.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: FURTHER TESTING

The patient’s IGF-1 level is 590 ng/mL; the reference range for his age and sex is 68 to 245 ng/mL.

A sleep study confirms obstructive sleep apnea, and the patient is started on continuous positive airway pressure at night, with some reduction of his fatigue.

2. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Order magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the pituitary with gadolinium contrast
  • Perform a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load
  • Perform a GH stimulation test
  • Refer the patient to a neurosurgeon for a consultation

The most appropriate next step is a GH suppression test, performed by measuring the plasma GH level 2 hours after giving 75 g of glucose by mouth. This confirmatory test is necessary because the IGF-1 level can be falsely elevated. The normal response to an oral glucose challenge is suppression of the GH level to below 1 μg/L. Failure to suppress GH confirms the diagnosis of acromegaly.14

A GH stimulation test with insulin-induced hypoglycemia or with GHRH-arginine would be appropriate if GH deficiency were suspected rather than hypersecretion.

Imaging of the pituitary with MRI before obtaining biochemical confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly may mislead the physician because MRI does not determine the functional status of a pituitary tumor. Correct treatment of a pituitary tumor depends on whether the tumor causes hypersecretion or deficiency of any pituitary hormones.

Referral to a neurosurgeon for a consultation is premature until a biochemical diagnosis of acromegaly is made and a pituitary adenoma is subsequently demonstrated by imaging.

3. The patient’s GH level is 10 μg/L 2 hours after oral administration of 75 g of glucose. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Radiography of the skull to image the pituitary at a low cost
  • MRI of the pituitary with contrast after making sure the patient’s renal function is normal
  • MRI of the pituitary without contrast
  • Computed tomography of the head

The next step is MRI of the pituitary with contrast (gadolinium) after obtaining blood urea nitrogen and creatinine measurements to make sure the patient’s renal function is normal.14

Gadolinium contrast is contraindicated in patients with severely reduced renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 30 mL/min/1.73 m2) because of the risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. In such a case, MRI without contrast would be appropriate.

MRI is the most sensitive imaging test for detecting a pituitary adenoma, as it can detect tumors as small as 2 mm. A pituitary macroadenoma (> 10 mm in diameter) is detected in more than 75% of patients with acromegaly at diagnosis. The tumor often invades one or both cavernous sinuses or extends to the suprasellar region, possibly impinging on the optic chiasm.15

If MRI is contraindicated, computed tomography of the head should be performed.

CASE CONTINUED: IMAGING

The patient’s comprehensive metabolic panel is normal, but his fasting plasma glucose is 135 mg/dL (reference range 74–99). Pituitary MRI with contrast shows a 3-cm pituitary adenoma with suprasellar extension, impinging on the optic chiasm and invading the right cavernous sinus.

4. In addition to repeating the fasting plasma glucose and measuring hemoglobin A1c, what is the most appropriate next step in managing this patient?

  • Measure the prolactin, morning serum cortisol, total testosterone, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), and free thyroxine (T4)    levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields
  • Measure these hormone levels; perform a gross evaluation of the visual fields and refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if visual field deficits are found on the gross examination
  • Measure these hormone levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if he complains of vision changes
  • Do not order any additional tests; instruct the patient to call the office if he develops any vision changes

This patient should have all of these hormones measured. In addition, given that his macroadenoma is impinging on the optic chiasm, he should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields even if the latter are intact on gross examination and even if the patient does not complain of any visual changes.

Abnormalities of hormones other than GH and IGF-1 in acromegaly

Secretion of pituitary hormones other than GH and IGF-1 must be assessed.

Prolactin. GH-secreting tumors also secrete prolactin in up to one-third of patients, with the resulting hyperprolactinemia contributing to hypogonadism.11 Prolactin hypersecretion should be distinguished from hyperprolactinemia caused by pituitary stalk compression, which may be evident on MRI.

Measuring the serum prolactin level with 1:100 dilution to counteract the “hook effect” may unmask severe hyperprolactinemia due to a large macroprolactinoma. (The hook effect occurs when the prolactin level is so high that there is not enough antibody in the assay to bind both ends of all the prolactin molecules present, causing the reading to be falsely low.).

Cortisol, T4, testosterone. Patients with acromegaly may develop central adrenal insufficiency, central hypothyroidism, and central hypogonadism; these hormonal deficits may occur in isolation or in combination.

Also, patients should be assessed for comorbidities such as colon cancer (all patients with acromegaly require a colonoscopy, as acromegaly raises the risk of colon cancer), diabetes mellitus, hypertension, cardiomyopathy, and sleep apnea.16

Visual field loss may be insidious

Figure 1. Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
All patients with a pituitary macroadenoma that abuts the optic chiasm should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields. If there is a clear space between the tumor and the chiasm, such an evaluation is not necessary. Because these tumors develop insidiously, patients may not be aware of any changes in their vision.

The diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly is summarized in Figure 1.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: LABORATORY VALUES, TREATMENT OPTIONS

Our patient’s repeat fasting plasma glucose is 137 mg/dL; his hemoglobin A1c is 7.3%, consistent with diabetes mellitus secondary to acromegaly. Other laboratory values:

  • Morning cortisol level 15 μg/dL (reference range 5.3–22.5),
  • Prolactin 23 ng/mL, confirmed with 1:100 dilution (4.0–15.2)
  • Total testosterone 59 ng/dL (193–824)
  • LH 2.1 mIU/mL (1.8–10.8)
  • FSH 3.0 mIU/mL (1.5–12.4)
  • TSH 2.5 mIU/L (0.5–4.5)
  • Free T4 1.3 ng/dL (0.9–1.7).

The patient is started on metformin 500 mg by mouth twice a day, counseled on a healthy diet, and informed that his diabetes may be a complication of his acromegaly. He is anxious to learn how his acromegaly can be treated.

5. What treatment would you recommend for the patient’s acromegaly?

  • Medical treatment first, then transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma if medical treatment fails
  • Medical treatment first, radiotherapy if medical treatment fails, and transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma as a last resort
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma first, medical treatment if surgery fails, and radiotherapy if both surgery and medical treatment fail
  • Taking a safe, conservative approach, monitoring IGF-1 levels frequently; starting medical treatment if acromegaly does not go into remission in 1 year

The initial treatment of choice for most patients with acromegaly is resection of the pituitary tumor.

A transsphenoidal approach is used for most patients; only rarely is craniotomy necessary. Endoscopic and microsurgical techniques reduce postoperative morbidity.17 Postoperative complications include symptoms related to the transsphenoidal approach (nasal congestion, sinusitis, epistaxis), cerebrospinal fluid leak, hemorrhage, meningitis, stroke, visual impairment, vascular damage, transient or permanent diabetes insipidus, and hypopituitarism. The surgical mortality rate is less than 0.5%.18,19

Successful resection of a pituitary tumor would lead to normalization of the IGF-1 level, a drop of the GH level to below 1 μg/L, and relief of the effect of the tumor pressing against other structures. An IGF-1 level and a random GH level should be obtained 12 weeks after the surgery.14 If the GH level is higher than 1 μg/L, a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load should be performed.14 MRI of the sella turcica should be done 12 weeks after surgery to visualize residual tumor and adjacent structures.14

A large tumor size, suprasellar extension, and high preoperative levels of IGF-1 and GH are associated with a lack of surgical success; however, surgical debulking should still be considered in patients with a low chance for surgical cure to improve the probability of achieving biochemical remission with postoperative medical and radiologic therapy.20

Medical therapy can be the initial treatment if the patient refuses surgery or if surgery is contraindicated because of severe comorbidities or because structural features of the tumor confer a high surgical risk (eg, if the adenoma encases the cavernous portion of a carotid artery).13 Medical therapy may shrink the tumor in some patients and may thereby make surgical resection easier and more likely to be successful.

Radiotherapy is usually reserved for patients whose tumors recur or persist postoperatively and who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy.14 The soft tissue changes caused by acromegaly may regress with treatment to some degree, but they are not likely to resolve completely; the bone changes do not regress.

CASE CONTINUED: MEDICAL TREATMENT

Three months after transsphenoidal resection of his pituitary macroadenoma, our patient’s laboratory values are as follows:

  • IGF-1 400 ng/mL
  • Morning cortisol 20 μg/dL
  • Testosterone 95 ng/dL
  • LH 2.1 mU/mL
  • FSH 3.7 mU/mL
  • Prolactin 12 ng/mL
  • TSH 2.3 mIU/L
  • Free T4 1.2 ng/dL
  • Basic metabolic panel normal.

The patient denies frequent urination or increased thirst. Repeat MRI of the pituitary with contrast shows a residual 1.3-cm adenoma with no suprasellar extension.

6. What is the best next treatment choice for the patient?

  • A GH receptor antagonist (pegvisomant)
  • A somatostatin receptor ligand (SRL) such as octreotide
  • Cabergoline (a dopamine agonist)
  • A combination of an SRL and pegvisomant

An SRL such as octreotide would be the best choice for this patient.

The medical options for acromegaly are SRLs, pegvisomant, and cabergoline.21–23 The Endocrine Society guidelines recommend either an SRL or pegvisomant as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with persistent disease after surgery.14 However, pegvisomant is much more expensive than any SRL, so an SRL would be a better choice in this patient. Also, pegvisomant does not suppress tumor growth, in contrast to SRLs, so SRLs are preferred in patients with large tumors abutting the optic chiasm.14

SRLs are used as primary therapy in patients who cannot be cured by surgery, have extensive cavernous sinus invasion, have no chiasmal compression, or are poor surgical candidates.

Cabergoline, a dopamine agonist, should be tried as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with only modest elevations of serum IGF-1 and mild signs and symptoms of acromegaly.14

Pegvisomant or cabergoline can be added to an SRL in patients who have an inadequate response to an SRL.14 Combination therapy would be premature in this patient.

The medical treatment of acromegaly is summarized in Table 2.14,15 Side effects of the medications used to treat acromegaly are summarized in Table 3.14

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: RADIOTHERAPY

The patient is treated with octreotide, and the dose is subsequently titrated upward. His central hypogonadism is treated with testosterone gel. After 3 months, his IGF-1 level decreases to 190 ng/mL, the total testosterone increases to 450 ng/dL, and the hemoglobin A1c decreases to 5.9%.

The patient asks if stereotactic radiotherapy, which he read about on the Internet, can cure his acromegaly so that he can avoid the monthly octreotide injections.

7. Which statement best describes radiotherapy’s therapeutic effect in acromegaly?

  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is more effective than medical therapy and should be used as a second-line treatment after surgery
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is less effective than conventional radiotherapy
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and to biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy causes hypopituitarism in no more than 1% of patients

Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years.24,25

Hypopituitarism develops in up to 50% of patients at 5 years, and its incidence increases with the duration of follow-up.24 The risk of other complications is low (0% to 5% for new visual deficits, cranial nerve damage, or brain radionecrosis, and 0% to 1% for secondary brain tumors).24

Conventional radiotherapy has fallen out of favor because it is associated with an increased risk of death (mainly from stroke) independent of IGF-1 and GH levels, and a higher rate of complications than stereotactic radiotherapy.14,16 Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or cannot tolerate medical therapy; it is the third-line treatment.24

Given that our patient responded to the medical therapy and tolerated it well and given the high risk of hypopituitarism associated with stereotactic radiotherapy, the latter would not be appropriate for the patient.

His fatigue has diminished further and his sexual performance has improved. He is still married and his wife no longer suspects him of infidelity.

KEY POINTS

  • IGF-1 is the screening test of choice in a patient with signs and symptoms of acromegaly.
  • A growth hormone suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load is the gold standard test for confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly in patients with an elevated IGF-1 level.
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma is the initial treatment of choice for acromegaly.
  • Patients with residual or recurrent growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma can be treated with somatostatin receptor ligands, a growth hormone receptor antagonist (pegvisomant), and a dopamine agonist cabergoline.
  • Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy. Stereotactic radiotherapy has largely replaced conventional radiotherapy.
References
  1. Melmed S. Acromegaly pathogenesis and treatment. J Clin Invest 2009; 119:3189–3202.
  2. Molitch ME. Clinical manifestations of acromegaly. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1992; 21:597–614.
  3. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  4. Yacub A, Yaqub N. Insulin-mediated pseudoacromegaly: a case report and review of the literature. W V Med J 2008; 104:12–15.
  5. Mestron A, Webb SM, Astorga R, et al. Epidemiology, clinical characteristics, outcome, morbidity and mortality in acromegaly based on the Spanish Acromegaly Registry (Registro Espanol de Acromegalia, REA). Eur J Endocrinol 2004; 151:439–446.
  6. Zhu X, Lin CR, Prefontaine CG, Tollkuhn J, Rosenfeld MG. Genetic control of pituitary development and hypopituitarism. Curr Opin Genet Dev 2005; 15:332–340.
  7. Tannenbaum GS, Epelbaum J, Bowers CY. Interrelationship between the novel peptide ghrelin and somatostatin/growth hormone-releasing hormone in regulation of pulsatile growth hormone secretion. Endocrinology 2003; 144:967–974.
  8. Lanning NJ, Carter-Su C. Recent advances in growth hormone signaling. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2006; 7:225–235.
  9. Colao A, Ferone D, Marzullo P, Lombardi G. Systemic complications of acromegaly: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and management. Endocr Rev 2004; 25:102–152.
  10. Larkin S, Reddy R, Karavitaki N, Cudlip S, Wass J, Ansorge O. Granulation pattern, but not GSP or GHR mutation, is associated with clinical characteristics in somatostatin-naive patients with somatotroph adenomas. Eur J Endocrinol 2013; 168:491–499.
  11. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  12. Peacey SR, Toogood AA, Veldhuis JD, Thorner MO, Shalet SM. The relationship between 24-hour growth hormone secretion and insulin-like growth factor I in patients with successfully treated acromegaly: impact of surgery or radiotherapy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:259–266.
  13. Livingstone C. IGF2 and cancer. Endocr Relat Cancer 2013; 20:R321–R339.
  14. Katznelson L, Laws ER Jr, Melmed S, et al. Acromegaly: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3933–3951.
  15. Melmed S. Acromegaly. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2558–2573.
  16. Melmed S, Casanueva FF, Klibanski A, et al. A consensus on the diagnosis and treatment of acromegaly complications. Pituitary 2013; 16:294–302.
  17. Marquez Y, Tuchman A, Zada G. Surgery and radiosurgery for acromegaly: a review of indications, operative techniques, outcomes, and complications. Int J Endocrinol 2012; 2012: 386401.
  18. Jane JA Jr, Starke RM, Elzoghby MA, et al. Endoscopic transsphenoidal surgery for acromegaly: remission using modern criteria, complications, and predictors of outcome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2732–2740.
  19. Cappabianca P, Cavallo LM, Colao A, de Divitiis E. Surgical complications associated with the endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach for pituitary adenomas. J Neurosurg 2002; 97:293–298.
  20. Nomikos P, Buchfelder M, Fahlbusch R. The outcome of surgery in 668 patients with acromegaly using current criteria of biochemical “cure.” Eur J Endocrinol 2005; 152:379–387.
  21. Howlett TA, Willis D, Walker G, Wass JA, Trainer PJ; UK Acromegaly Register Study Group (UKAR-3). Control of growth hormone and IGF1 in patients with acromegaly in the UK: responses to medical treatment with somatostatin analogues and dopamine agonists. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2013; 79:689–699.
  22. Katznelson L. Pegvisomant for the treatment of acromegaly-translation of clinical trials into clinical practice. Nat Clin Pract Endocrinol Metab 2007; 3:514–515.
  23. Freda PU, Reyes CM, Nuruzzaman AT, Sundeen RE, Khandji AG, Post KD. Cabergoline therapy of growth hormone & growth hormone/prolactin secreting pituitary tumors. Pituitary 2004; 7:21–30.
  24. Castinetti F, Morange I, Dufour H, Regis J, Brue T. Radiotherapy and radiosurgery in acromegaly. Pituitary 2009; 12:3–10.
  25. Gheorghiu ML. Updates in outcomes of stereotactic radiation therapy in acromegaly. Pituitary 2017; 20:154–168.
References
  1. Melmed S. Acromegaly pathogenesis and treatment. J Clin Invest 2009; 119:3189–3202.
  2. Molitch ME. Clinical manifestations of acromegaly. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1992; 21:597–614.
  3. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  4. Yacub A, Yaqub N. Insulin-mediated pseudoacromegaly: a case report and review of the literature. W V Med J 2008; 104:12–15.
  5. Mestron A, Webb SM, Astorga R, et al. Epidemiology, clinical characteristics, outcome, morbidity and mortality in acromegaly based on the Spanish Acromegaly Registry (Registro Espanol de Acromegalia, REA). Eur J Endocrinol 2004; 151:439–446.
  6. Zhu X, Lin CR, Prefontaine CG, Tollkuhn J, Rosenfeld MG. Genetic control of pituitary development and hypopituitarism. Curr Opin Genet Dev 2005; 15:332–340.
  7. Tannenbaum GS, Epelbaum J, Bowers CY. Interrelationship between the novel peptide ghrelin and somatostatin/growth hormone-releasing hormone in regulation of pulsatile growth hormone secretion. Endocrinology 2003; 144:967–974.
  8. Lanning NJ, Carter-Su C. Recent advances in growth hormone signaling. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2006; 7:225–235.
  9. Colao A, Ferone D, Marzullo P, Lombardi G. Systemic complications of acromegaly: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and management. Endocr Rev 2004; 25:102–152.
  10. Larkin S, Reddy R, Karavitaki N, Cudlip S, Wass J, Ansorge O. Granulation pattern, but not GSP or GHR mutation, is associated with clinical characteristics in somatostatin-naive patients with somatotroph adenomas. Eur J Endocrinol 2013; 168:491–499.
  11. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  12. Peacey SR, Toogood AA, Veldhuis JD, Thorner MO, Shalet SM. The relationship between 24-hour growth hormone secretion and insulin-like growth factor I in patients with successfully treated acromegaly: impact of surgery or radiotherapy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:259–266.
  13. Livingstone C. IGF2 and cancer. Endocr Relat Cancer 2013; 20:R321–R339.
  14. Katznelson L, Laws ER Jr, Melmed S, et al. Acromegaly: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3933–3951.
  15. Melmed S. Acromegaly. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2558–2573.
  16. Melmed S, Casanueva FF, Klibanski A, et al. A consensus on the diagnosis and treatment of acromegaly complications. Pituitary 2013; 16:294–302.
  17. Marquez Y, Tuchman A, Zada G. Surgery and radiosurgery for acromegaly: a review of indications, operative techniques, outcomes, and complications. Int J Endocrinol 2012; 2012: 386401.
  18. Jane JA Jr, Starke RM, Elzoghby MA, et al. Endoscopic transsphenoidal surgery for acromegaly: remission using modern criteria, complications, and predictors of outcome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2732–2740.
  19. Cappabianca P, Cavallo LM, Colao A, de Divitiis E. Surgical complications associated with the endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach for pituitary adenomas. J Neurosurg 2002; 97:293–298.
  20. Nomikos P, Buchfelder M, Fahlbusch R. The outcome of surgery in 668 patients with acromegaly using current criteria of biochemical “cure.” Eur J Endocrinol 2005; 152:379–387.
  21. Howlett TA, Willis D, Walker G, Wass JA, Trainer PJ; UK Acromegaly Register Study Group (UKAR-3). Control of growth hormone and IGF1 in patients with acromegaly in the UK: responses to medical treatment with somatostatin analogues and dopamine agonists. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2013; 79:689–699.
  22. Katznelson L. Pegvisomant for the treatment of acromegaly-translation of clinical trials into clinical practice. Nat Clin Pract Endocrinol Metab 2007; 3:514–515.
  23. Freda PU, Reyes CM, Nuruzzaman AT, Sundeen RE, Khandji AG, Post KD. Cabergoline therapy of growth hormone & growth hormone/prolactin secreting pituitary tumors. Pituitary 2004; 7:21–30.
  24. Castinetti F, Morange I, Dufour H, Regis J, Brue T. Radiotherapy and radiosurgery in acromegaly. Pituitary 2009; 12:3–10.
  25. Gheorghiu ML. Updates in outcomes of stereotactic radiation therapy in acromegaly. Pituitary 2017; 20:154–168.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
925-933
Page Number
925-933
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Big heart, small ring
Display Headline
Big heart, small ring
Legacy Keywords
acromegaly, obstructive sleep apnea, wedding ring, pituitary, growth hormone, visual fields, GH, insulin-like growth factor 1, IGF-1, cortisol, prolactin, hormone, somatostatin receptor ligands, SRLs, pegvisomant, dopamine, carbergoline, octreotide, lanreotide, pasireotide, Igor Kravets
Legacy Keywords
acromegaly, obstructive sleep apnea, wedding ring, pituitary, growth hormone, visual fields, GH, insulin-like growth factor 1, IGF-1, cortisol, prolactin, hormone, somatostatin receptor ligands, SRLs, pegvisomant, dopamine, carbergoline, octreotide, lanreotide, pasireotide, Igor Kravets
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute
Selected presentations from Sones/Favaloro Scientific Program
Article PDF
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
e1-e33
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF
Selected presentations from Sones/Favaloro Scientific Program
Selected presentations from Sones/Favaloro Scientific Program
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
e1-e33
Page Number
e1-e33
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute
Display Headline
Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute
Sections
Citation Override
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine 2017 December;84(12 suppl 4):e1-e33
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Palliative and supportive interventions to improve patient-reported outcomes in rural residents with cancer

Article Type
Changed

People in rural areas have increased rates of advanced cancer and mortality compared with those who live in more affluent and urban areas.1,2 Indeed, a recent report from the Center for Disease Control found that rural residents have higher mortality rates from 5 leading causes of death, including cancer, compared with their urban counterparts.1 Significant challenges facing rural residents are due largely to not having easy access to cancer care and supportive care services.3 In addition, living in a rural area is associated with: a lower socioeconomic status, inadequate health insurance coverage, and less flexible employment that in turn decreases the ability to obtain the full range of supportive oncology services.4 The closest available specialists may be several hours away. Individuals may be unwilling or unable to travel hundreds of miles or more to see a specialist.3 Traveling places financial burdens on patients because of the cost of traveling and loss of work, which can compound the stress and fatigue associated with cancer treatment. People living in rural areas also may have less social support in commuting between their place of living and hospitals.5

Background

Typically, the primary goals of treatment for individuals with advanced cancer are to control the spread of the disease; maintain important patient-reported outcomes (PROs) such as physical, mental, and psychosocial function; and optimize quality of life (QoL). Health-related QoL (ie, the physical and mental health perceptions) are increasingly being used to assess effectiveness of cancer treatment.6 Palliative care and supportive oncology focus on managing physical, social, psychological, and spiritual needs of patients and have been recommended by the American Society of Clinical Oncology to be integrated into standard oncology care.7

People living in rural areas are less likely to get their care within a single health system. Often, their care is divided across multiple facilities and providers, which increases the chances of miscommunication between providers and can lead to inferior clinical outcomes and decreased patient QoL.8 There is a growing body of research describing the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer. Specifically, palliative care has been shown to reduce symptoms, improve QoL, and increase survival.9-11 Differences have been observed in the palliative care needs between people with cancer living in urban and suburban areas.12 It is likely that palliative care needs as well as the impact of palliative care services for people with advanced cancer in rural areas differs from those of their urban and suburban counterparts. Despite the known differences in access to care and impact of cancer between rural and nonrural residents, the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer living in rural areas has not been well described in the literature.

The purpose of this systematic review is to examine effect of palliative care and supportive oncology interventions on QoL in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas.
 

Methods

This systematic review was developed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines.13



Eligibility criteria

To achieve the objective of a systemic review of studies describing supportive oncology and palliative care interventions in rural communities articles had to meet 4 inclusion criteria:

All research methods were eligible, including mixed-methods and program evaluations, as long as the article met the 4 inclusion criteria. Review articles were ineligible for inclusion as only original research was considered.
 

Search process

Search terms were developed by the research team with consultation from a medical librarian. Four main search terms were developed and included: palliative care, supportive oncology, rural, and cancer. Synonyms and terms closely related to the main terms were included in the search using the OR command. Examples of closely related search terms include: Palliative care: palliative; Rural: remote; Cancer: neoplasms (Table).

We systematically searched PyschINFO, PubMed, CINHAL, and Scopus for articles that had been published during 1991-2016 and written in English. Databases were chosen to reflect the different subfields that encompass palliative care and supportive oncology: PyschINFO to capture the psychological perspective, CINHAL to capture the nursing perspective, and PubMed to capture the medical perspective. Finally, Scopus was searched to ensure that articles not indexed by the other databases would be included. The search was limited to the past 25 years to capture the most up-to-date literature.

Selection process

In accordance with PRISMA guidelines, articles underwent an initial screening and an eligibility screening for inclusion in the final review.13 After duplicates were removed, 2 research team members reviewed all abstracts to screen for initial eligibility. Articles that successfully passed the screening process were reviewed in full by 4 research team members. Each member made an independent inclusion decision based on the stated inclusion criteria. Disagreements across team members were resolved through discussion and consensus.
 

 

 

Analysis

The articles that met the inclusion criteria were heterogeneous in design and analytic approach. The set of manuscripts identified, therefore, did not meet the statistical assumptions for meta-analytic data analysis. The analytic plan for this review consisted of sorting the results described in the identified articles into meaningful categories, identifying cross cutting themes, and presenting the results of these themes in narrative forms.
 

Results

Study selection

The search strategy resulted in 886 articles across the 4 databases. The breakdown for each database is as follows: PsychINFO (n = 286), PubMed (n = 194), CINHAL (n = 334), Scopus (n = 72). After duplicates were removed, 864 articles were left and were initially screened resulting in 844 articles being excluded. The remaining 20 articles were reviewed and 12 articles failed to meet the inclusion criteria. Reasons for exclusion included: the population was not rural; no advanced cancer in sample; intervention was not specifically palliative care or supportive oncology. Nine articles representing 8 projects (one project published 2 manuscripts included in this review) were included in the final review (Figure).

After reviewing the articles, 2 clear themes arose: PROs, and overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society. The PRO theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the personal lives experience of rural cancer patients. PROs, such as decreased symptomology, were often reported. The “overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society” theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the lives of rural people and society as a larger group. An example would include results indicating how a program increased access to supportive oncology care in a rural area.
 

Study characteristics

Nine publications, describing 8 projects were included in this review (Table). These projects were conducted in Canada (n = 3)14-16 Australia (n = 1)17 and the United States (n = 5).18-22 All of the the projects used a quantitative approach for the analysis, except 1 that used mixed-methods.16 The studies designs were: 4 feasibilities/pilot studies, 1 randomized control trials (RCT), and 3 program evaluations.





A total of 807 patients participated across the 9 articles. Participants’ age ranged from 20 to 88 years. The average ages for participants ranged from 50.4 to 70.7 years. Overall, there were slightly more men (55%) than women (45%) when all the demographic data were combined across the 9 articles; however, 2 articles exclusively had women as part of the sample.17,20 The cancer types that participants had included: gastrointestinal, genitourinary, breast, lung, brain, kidney, and hematological. Finally, the articles had inconsistent reporting of race/ethnicity data with only 4 studies reporting this information; of the 4 studies, 91% of participants self-identified as white.

The projects targeted multiple PROs, including physical symptoms and psychosocial issues (ie, stress management, grief, mood, emotional distress, coping, self-efficacy, dignity, joy, affection) domains. Publications dates ranged from 1996 to 2013. The sample sizes ranged from 8 to 322; 11.7%-100% of the study population had advanced cancer, and 20%-100% were living in rural area. The duration of the clinical intervention described was 30-120 minutes. The modes of delivery for the palliative intervention were videoconference/videophone (n = 3), telephone/teleconference (n = 3), and in person (n = 2). The interventions were delivered by nurses, psychiatrists, and social workers. In 5 of these studies, participants received palliative care on an individual basis and 2 studies delivered their intervention through groups. The individual basis studies focused on physical aspects of care and the group studies focused on emotional aspects of care.
 

Patient-reported outcomes

Cancer and its treatments are often associated with physical and emotional sequelae that can have a significant impact on patients and therefore PROs. The interventions reviewed in this article often reported data on the reduction of the physical and/or emotional symptom burden of cancer as well as overall QoL.



Reduction in physical symptoms. Three articles included physical symptoms as an outcome measure. Of those, 2 were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial. Common physical symptoms included: shortness of breath, pain, fatigue, nausea, and appetite change. Across the articles, the Edmonton Symptom Assessment Scale (ESAS), a 10-item inventory of common cancer symptoms, was frequently used to measure of symptom scores in these interventions.14,15,19 The ESAS is an empirically validated measure that is used in palliative care research and clinical practice. Individuals are asked to rank 10 common symptoms on an ascending scale from 1 to 10 (0, the symptom is absent; 10, worst possible severity).23

 

 

The findings from these 3 research studies were encouraging. In a large randomized control trial of a supportive education program, researchers reported decreased physical symptom intensity after the intervention, however the change did not reach statistical significance.18 Similar findings were reported in a videoconferencing and a home health program to improve access of palliative and supportive oncology health care.14,15 Physical symptoms that had decreasing trends were pain, tiredness, and appetite, however, trends for shortness of breath found increasing severity.14,15 Although these trends were observed, it is important to note that scores on the ESAS did not reach statistical significance for physical symptoms in any of these studies.
 

Reduction in emotional symptom reduction. In addition to reducing physical symptoms, researchers also sought to understand the impact of programs on the emotional symptoms of cancer including: anxiety, depression, negative affect, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Five articles included emotional symptoms as an outcome measure. Four were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Results across studies indicated an observable decrease in the severity of anxiety and depression for those exposed to an intervention program.14,15,18,19 Again, although trends were found, the results were not statistically significant. Only Watanabe and colleagues14 reported a statistically significant a decrease in anxiety in participants after the implementation of a rural palliative care videoconference consultation program. One report indicated that data on depression severity was collected but was not analyzed because of a small sample size.21

O’Brien and colleagues17 also collected data on negative affect and found that participants who participated in a supportive-expressive therapy group had a reduction in the negative affect as measured by the Derogatis Affects Balance Scale (ABS). Other researchers found no change in emotional distress.15

Finally, Collie and colleagues20 also measured the impact of a videoconference support group of PTSD symptomology for people with breast cancer in rural areas. Their results indicated a statistically significant decrease on the PTSD Checklist-Specific after intervention. Analysis of the data also found a medium effect size. Participants in the intervention group spoke about how participation in the support group allowed them to be generative and share information about breast cancer as well as build an emotional bond with other women with cancer.
 

Overall quality of life and well-being. Researchers have also looked into impact of intervention on overall QoL. Two articles included QoL or Well-being as an outcome measure. One was a pilot study and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Bakitas and colleagues18,19 found that those enrolled in the intervention arm of their study had higher QoL scores on the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy-General (FACT-G) compared with those in the control arm. These results were also found in an analysis of data from participants who subsequently died during the intervention. Improvements in overall well-being were also found by O’Brien and colleagues17 using ABS. They reported that a post hoc comparison of participants’ total positive affect score was significantly higher at the 12-month follow-up. In addition, the authors also noted qualitative improvements in well-being, including increased effort to be at the support group and the low attrition rates.
 

Overall impact of rural palliative care on individuals and society. In addition to reducing physical and emotional symptoms in patients, several of the articles also addressed other measures of the overall impact of the intervention or program on society as a whole. The authors evaluated patient satisfaction and quality of life, access to health care services, and financial impact on individuals and society at large.



Satisfaction with intervention. In 2 of the articles, individuals or their family members reported to be satisfied with the intervention14,20 and said they would recommend it to others as well.20 Both of those studies used teleconferencing to provide access to the intervention to people in rural communities.



Increasing access to the health care services and quality of care. Four of the articles evaluated the impact of intervention on patient’s access to the health care services.14,16,20,22 Specifically, after the interventions individuals had increased access to palliative care information in rural areas where it had previously been unavailable20 as well as actual delivery of clinical care in their home community, thus eliminating the need to travel to urban areas.14,20,22 This increase of access to health care services in rural area had significant effect on time and distance spent traveling. In 1 study, the amount of saving in terms of distance was 471.13 km and time in, 7.96 hours, for each visit.14

In addition, the quality of overall cancer care in rural area was increased. In an early clinical program, to increase access of palliative care in rural communities, the authors reported an increase in the breast conservation from 20% at the start of the program to 70% 2 years after the program was implemented.22 Breast conservation is not a typical outcome for palliative care studies, but the authors highlighted this practice change because of the improved QoL that is associated with the use of breast conservation therapies. In the same study, the authors reported an increased use of curative therapies for other cancers such as lymphoma as well as an increase use of pain management medication.
 

 

 

Financial impact. Two articles described the financial impact of cancer care costs on the patient and society.14,22 In a study by Watanabe and colleagues in Canada,14 the amount of savings after the intervention in terms of travel expenses was C$192.71 for each visit because patients had previously had to travel from their rural communities to urban tertiary hospitals to receive palliative care. For some patients in that study, the amount of saving for expenses was as high as C$500 a visit. In addition, some individuals were not able to travel and would not have received anything if the intervention had not been available remotely.14 In a study by Smith and colleagues in the United States, there was a 62% decrease in the cost to society for each patient, from US$10,233 to US$3,862.22 The factors contributing to that reduction included increasing outpatient services, engaging nurses and primary care providers instead of specialists, and the lower costs of living in rural areas. In addition, the rural hospitals saw an increase in revenue and profits because of higher admission rates ($500,00 for each hospital annually).22
 

Discussion

The articles identified in this review provide some evidence of the potential impact that palliative and supportive oncology interventions could have on PROs for rural residents with advanced cancer. Noteworthy results were seen for impact on reducing physical and emotional symptoms, increasing overall QoL and well-being, increasing satisfaction and access to palliative care, and reducing the overall cost of palliative care for individuals and society.14-18,20-22

Although statistical significance was not observed for most of the symptom assessment, trends toward improved symptom reports were observed. A likely explanation for this finding, is the small sample size or inadequate design to evaluate symptoms as an outcome measure. Three studies were pilot or feasibility projects15,20,21 that were not powered to detect the impact of the intervention on symptoms. In contrast, QoL stands out as an outcome that was positively affected by palliative care interventions. Further research is needed to determine if there are important mediating and moderating factors that contribute to improve QoL that are specific to rural residents. Significant outcomes were also reported for participant satisfaction with the interventions, the increase in access to services, and the decrease in costs.

Although there were not enough studies to determine the efficacy of these interventions, these results suggest that palliative and supportive interventions can have an impact on important patient-reported outcomes, such as symptoms and quality of life, and on health care system outcomes, such as cost. Evidence supporting the extent of the effectiveness of palliative care on various PROs in rural people is limited. None of the studies in this review evaluated the different aspects of palliative care specifically in rural residents.

It is interesting to note that all but one of the interventions used a telehealth approach to deliver the intervention. Telehealth interventions seem to be feasible, acceptable to people in rural areas, and show preliminary evidence that they can have an impact on PROs.

Limitations of this review include only inclusion of publications in English. In addition, some studies in this review include populations that were not exclusively rural residents, which makes it difficult for generalization.
 

Conclusion

Palliative and supportive interventions may improve various PROs in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas. Technologies that support remote access to people in rural areas, such as teleconferencing and videoconferencing, seem particularly promising delivery modalities with their potential to increase access to palliative and supportive interventions in underserved communities. Large-scale studies that are powered to test the impact of palliative care and support oncology interventions on PROs and other aspects of quality care among rural residents with advanced cancer are needed.
 

The authors thank Jennifer DeBerg, Health Science Librarian at the University of Iowa for her assistance in developing the literature search strategies.

References

1. Moy E, Garcia MC, Bastian B, et al. Leading causes of death in nonmetropolitan and metropolitan areas – United States, 1999-2014 [published correction at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/wr/mm6603a11.htm]. MMWR Surveillance Summaries [serial online]. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/ss/ss6601a1.htm?s_cid=ss6601a1_w. Published January 13, 2017. Accessed January 20, 2017.

2. Singh GK, Williams SD, Siahpush M, Mulhollen A. Socioeconomic, rural-urban, and racial inequalities in US Cancer Mortality: Part I – All cancers and lung cancer and Part II – Colorectal, prostate, breast, and cervical cancers. https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jce/2011/107497/. Published 2011. Accessed April 28, 2017.

3. Charlton M, Schlichting J, Chioreso C, Ward M, Vikas P. Challenges of rural cancer care in the United States. Oncology (Williston Park). 2015;29(9):633-640.

4. Weaver KE, Geiger AM, Lu L, Case LD. Rural‐urban disparities in health status among US cancer survivors. Cancer. 2013;119(5):1050-1057.

5. Fuchsia Howard A, Smillie K, Turnbull K, et al. Access to medical and supportive care for rural and remote cancer survivors in northern British Columbia. J Rural Health. 2014;30(3):311-321.

6. Bottomley A, Aaronson NK. International perspective on health-related quality-of-life research in cancer clinical trials: the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer experience. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(32):5082-5086.

7. Smith TJ, Temin S, Alesi ER, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology provisional clinical opinion: the integration of palliative care into standard oncology care. J Clin Oncol. 2012;30(8):880-887.

8. Baldwin LM, Cai Y, Larson EH, et al. Access to cancer services for rural colorectal cancer patients. J Rural Health. 2008;24(4):390-399.

9. Temel JS, Greer JA, Muzikansky A, et al. Early palliative care for patients with metastatic non-small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(8):733-742.

10. McCorkle R, Jeon S, Ercolano E, et al. An advanced practice nurse coordinated multidisciplinary intervention for patients with late-stage cancer: a cluster randomized trial. J Palliat Med. 2015;18(11):962-969.

11. Zimmermann C, Swami N, Krzyzanowska M, et al. Early palliative care for patients with advanced cancer: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2014;383(9930):1721-1730.

12. Regn R, Robinson W, Robinson WR. Differences in palliative care needs among cancer survivors in an inner city academic facility versus a suburban community facility. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33(29_suppl):61.

13. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;339:b2535.

14. Watanabe SM, Fairchild A, Pituskin E, Borgersen P, Hanson J, Fassbender K. Improving access to specialist multidisciplinary palliative care consultation for rural cancer patients by videoconferencing: report of a pilot project. Support Care Cancer. 2013;21(4):1201-1207.

15. Howell D, Marshall D, Brazil K, et al. A shared care model pilot for palliative home care in a rural area: impact on symptoms, distress, and place of death. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2011;42(1):60-75.

16. Stern A, Valaitis R, Weir R, Jadad AR. Use of home telehealth in palliative cancer care: a case study. J Telemed Telecare. 2012;18(5):297-300.

17. O’Brien M, Harris J, King R, O’Brien T. Supportive-expressive group therapy for women with metastatic breast cancer: Improving access for Australian women through use of teleconference. Counselling Psychother Res. 2008;8(1):28-35.

18. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. The project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial to improve palliative care for rural patients with advanced cancer: baseline findings, methodological challenges, and solutions. Palliat Supportive Care. 2009;7(1):75-86.

19. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. Effects of a palliative care intervention on clinical outcomes in patients with advanced cancer: the Project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2009;302(7):741-749.

20. Collie K, Kreshka MA, Ferrier S, et al. Videoconferencing for delivery of breast cancer support groups to women living in rural communities: a pilot study. Psychooncology. 2007;16(8):778-782.

21. Passik SD, Kirsh KL, Leibee S, et al. A feasibility study of dignity psychotherapy delivered via telemedicine. Palliat Support Care. 2004;2(2):149-155.

22. Smith TJ, Desch CE, Grasso MA, et al. The Rural Cancer Outreach Program: clinical and financial analysis of palliative and curative care for an underserved population. Cancer Treat Rev. 1996;22(Suppl A):97-101.

23. Bruera E, Kuehn N, Miller MJ, Selmser P, Macmillan K. The Edmonton Symptom Assessment System (ESAS): a simple method for the assessment of palliative care patients. J Palliat Care. 1991;7(2):6-9.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Stephanie Gilbertson-White, PhD, APRN-BC,a Seyedehtanaz Saeidzadeh, MSN,a Chi W Yeung, MA,b Hannah Tykol, BSN,a and Praveen Vikas, MDc

University of Iowa aCollege of Nursing, bCollege of Education, and cHolden Comprehensive Cancer Center, Iowa City

Issue
The Journal of Community and Supportive Oncology - 15(5)
Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Stephanie Gilbertson-White, PhD, APRN-BC,a Seyedehtanaz Saeidzadeh, MSN,a Chi W Yeung, MA,b Hannah Tykol, BSN,a and Praveen Vikas, MDc

University of Iowa aCollege of Nursing, bCollege of Education, and cHolden Comprehensive Cancer Center, Iowa City

Author and Disclosure Information

Stephanie Gilbertson-White, PhD, APRN-BC,a Seyedehtanaz Saeidzadeh, MSN,a Chi W Yeung, MA,b Hannah Tykol, BSN,a and Praveen Vikas, MDc

University of Iowa aCollege of Nursing, bCollege of Education, and cHolden Comprehensive Cancer Center, Iowa City

Article PDF
Article PDF

People in rural areas have increased rates of advanced cancer and mortality compared with those who live in more affluent and urban areas.1,2 Indeed, a recent report from the Center for Disease Control found that rural residents have higher mortality rates from 5 leading causes of death, including cancer, compared with their urban counterparts.1 Significant challenges facing rural residents are due largely to not having easy access to cancer care and supportive care services.3 In addition, living in a rural area is associated with: a lower socioeconomic status, inadequate health insurance coverage, and less flexible employment that in turn decreases the ability to obtain the full range of supportive oncology services.4 The closest available specialists may be several hours away. Individuals may be unwilling or unable to travel hundreds of miles or more to see a specialist.3 Traveling places financial burdens on patients because of the cost of traveling and loss of work, which can compound the stress and fatigue associated with cancer treatment. People living in rural areas also may have less social support in commuting between their place of living and hospitals.5

Background

Typically, the primary goals of treatment for individuals with advanced cancer are to control the spread of the disease; maintain important patient-reported outcomes (PROs) such as physical, mental, and psychosocial function; and optimize quality of life (QoL). Health-related QoL (ie, the physical and mental health perceptions) are increasingly being used to assess effectiveness of cancer treatment.6 Palliative care and supportive oncology focus on managing physical, social, psychological, and spiritual needs of patients and have been recommended by the American Society of Clinical Oncology to be integrated into standard oncology care.7

People living in rural areas are less likely to get their care within a single health system. Often, their care is divided across multiple facilities and providers, which increases the chances of miscommunication between providers and can lead to inferior clinical outcomes and decreased patient QoL.8 There is a growing body of research describing the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer. Specifically, palliative care has been shown to reduce symptoms, improve QoL, and increase survival.9-11 Differences have been observed in the palliative care needs between people with cancer living in urban and suburban areas.12 It is likely that palliative care needs as well as the impact of palliative care services for people with advanced cancer in rural areas differs from those of their urban and suburban counterparts. Despite the known differences in access to care and impact of cancer between rural and nonrural residents, the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer living in rural areas has not been well described in the literature.

The purpose of this systematic review is to examine effect of palliative care and supportive oncology interventions on QoL in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas.
 

Methods

This systematic review was developed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines.13



Eligibility criteria

To achieve the objective of a systemic review of studies describing supportive oncology and palliative care interventions in rural communities articles had to meet 4 inclusion criteria:

All research methods were eligible, including mixed-methods and program evaluations, as long as the article met the 4 inclusion criteria. Review articles were ineligible for inclusion as only original research was considered.
 

Search process

Search terms were developed by the research team with consultation from a medical librarian. Four main search terms were developed and included: palliative care, supportive oncology, rural, and cancer. Synonyms and terms closely related to the main terms were included in the search using the OR command. Examples of closely related search terms include: Palliative care: palliative; Rural: remote; Cancer: neoplasms (Table).

We systematically searched PyschINFO, PubMed, CINHAL, and Scopus for articles that had been published during 1991-2016 and written in English. Databases were chosen to reflect the different subfields that encompass palliative care and supportive oncology: PyschINFO to capture the psychological perspective, CINHAL to capture the nursing perspective, and PubMed to capture the medical perspective. Finally, Scopus was searched to ensure that articles not indexed by the other databases would be included. The search was limited to the past 25 years to capture the most up-to-date literature.

Selection process

In accordance with PRISMA guidelines, articles underwent an initial screening and an eligibility screening for inclusion in the final review.13 After duplicates were removed, 2 research team members reviewed all abstracts to screen for initial eligibility. Articles that successfully passed the screening process were reviewed in full by 4 research team members. Each member made an independent inclusion decision based on the stated inclusion criteria. Disagreements across team members were resolved through discussion and consensus.
 

 

 

Analysis

The articles that met the inclusion criteria were heterogeneous in design and analytic approach. The set of manuscripts identified, therefore, did not meet the statistical assumptions for meta-analytic data analysis. The analytic plan for this review consisted of sorting the results described in the identified articles into meaningful categories, identifying cross cutting themes, and presenting the results of these themes in narrative forms.
 

Results

Study selection

The search strategy resulted in 886 articles across the 4 databases. The breakdown for each database is as follows: PsychINFO (n = 286), PubMed (n = 194), CINHAL (n = 334), Scopus (n = 72). After duplicates were removed, 864 articles were left and were initially screened resulting in 844 articles being excluded. The remaining 20 articles were reviewed and 12 articles failed to meet the inclusion criteria. Reasons for exclusion included: the population was not rural; no advanced cancer in sample; intervention was not specifically palliative care or supportive oncology. Nine articles representing 8 projects (one project published 2 manuscripts included in this review) were included in the final review (Figure).

After reviewing the articles, 2 clear themes arose: PROs, and overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society. The PRO theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the personal lives experience of rural cancer patients. PROs, such as decreased symptomology, were often reported. The “overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society” theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the lives of rural people and society as a larger group. An example would include results indicating how a program increased access to supportive oncology care in a rural area.
 

Study characteristics

Nine publications, describing 8 projects were included in this review (Table). These projects were conducted in Canada (n = 3)14-16 Australia (n = 1)17 and the United States (n = 5).18-22 All of the the projects used a quantitative approach for the analysis, except 1 that used mixed-methods.16 The studies designs were: 4 feasibilities/pilot studies, 1 randomized control trials (RCT), and 3 program evaluations.





A total of 807 patients participated across the 9 articles. Participants’ age ranged from 20 to 88 years. The average ages for participants ranged from 50.4 to 70.7 years. Overall, there were slightly more men (55%) than women (45%) when all the demographic data were combined across the 9 articles; however, 2 articles exclusively had women as part of the sample.17,20 The cancer types that participants had included: gastrointestinal, genitourinary, breast, lung, brain, kidney, and hematological. Finally, the articles had inconsistent reporting of race/ethnicity data with only 4 studies reporting this information; of the 4 studies, 91% of participants self-identified as white.

The projects targeted multiple PROs, including physical symptoms and psychosocial issues (ie, stress management, grief, mood, emotional distress, coping, self-efficacy, dignity, joy, affection) domains. Publications dates ranged from 1996 to 2013. The sample sizes ranged from 8 to 322; 11.7%-100% of the study population had advanced cancer, and 20%-100% were living in rural area. The duration of the clinical intervention described was 30-120 minutes. The modes of delivery for the palliative intervention were videoconference/videophone (n = 3), telephone/teleconference (n = 3), and in person (n = 2). The interventions were delivered by nurses, psychiatrists, and social workers. In 5 of these studies, participants received palliative care on an individual basis and 2 studies delivered their intervention through groups. The individual basis studies focused on physical aspects of care and the group studies focused on emotional aspects of care.
 

Patient-reported outcomes

Cancer and its treatments are often associated with physical and emotional sequelae that can have a significant impact on patients and therefore PROs. The interventions reviewed in this article often reported data on the reduction of the physical and/or emotional symptom burden of cancer as well as overall QoL.



Reduction in physical symptoms. Three articles included physical symptoms as an outcome measure. Of those, 2 were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial. Common physical symptoms included: shortness of breath, pain, fatigue, nausea, and appetite change. Across the articles, the Edmonton Symptom Assessment Scale (ESAS), a 10-item inventory of common cancer symptoms, was frequently used to measure of symptom scores in these interventions.14,15,19 The ESAS is an empirically validated measure that is used in palliative care research and clinical practice. Individuals are asked to rank 10 common symptoms on an ascending scale from 1 to 10 (0, the symptom is absent; 10, worst possible severity).23

 

 

The findings from these 3 research studies were encouraging. In a large randomized control trial of a supportive education program, researchers reported decreased physical symptom intensity after the intervention, however the change did not reach statistical significance.18 Similar findings were reported in a videoconferencing and a home health program to improve access of palliative and supportive oncology health care.14,15 Physical symptoms that had decreasing trends were pain, tiredness, and appetite, however, trends for shortness of breath found increasing severity.14,15 Although these trends were observed, it is important to note that scores on the ESAS did not reach statistical significance for physical symptoms in any of these studies.
 

Reduction in emotional symptom reduction. In addition to reducing physical symptoms, researchers also sought to understand the impact of programs on the emotional symptoms of cancer including: anxiety, depression, negative affect, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Five articles included emotional symptoms as an outcome measure. Four were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Results across studies indicated an observable decrease in the severity of anxiety and depression for those exposed to an intervention program.14,15,18,19 Again, although trends were found, the results were not statistically significant. Only Watanabe and colleagues14 reported a statistically significant a decrease in anxiety in participants after the implementation of a rural palliative care videoconference consultation program. One report indicated that data on depression severity was collected but was not analyzed because of a small sample size.21

O’Brien and colleagues17 also collected data on negative affect and found that participants who participated in a supportive-expressive therapy group had a reduction in the negative affect as measured by the Derogatis Affects Balance Scale (ABS). Other researchers found no change in emotional distress.15

Finally, Collie and colleagues20 also measured the impact of a videoconference support group of PTSD symptomology for people with breast cancer in rural areas. Their results indicated a statistically significant decrease on the PTSD Checklist-Specific after intervention. Analysis of the data also found a medium effect size. Participants in the intervention group spoke about how participation in the support group allowed them to be generative and share information about breast cancer as well as build an emotional bond with other women with cancer.
 

Overall quality of life and well-being. Researchers have also looked into impact of intervention on overall QoL. Two articles included QoL or Well-being as an outcome measure. One was a pilot study and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Bakitas and colleagues18,19 found that those enrolled in the intervention arm of their study had higher QoL scores on the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy-General (FACT-G) compared with those in the control arm. These results were also found in an analysis of data from participants who subsequently died during the intervention. Improvements in overall well-being were also found by O’Brien and colleagues17 using ABS. They reported that a post hoc comparison of participants’ total positive affect score was significantly higher at the 12-month follow-up. In addition, the authors also noted qualitative improvements in well-being, including increased effort to be at the support group and the low attrition rates.
 

Overall impact of rural palliative care on individuals and society. In addition to reducing physical and emotional symptoms in patients, several of the articles also addressed other measures of the overall impact of the intervention or program on society as a whole. The authors evaluated patient satisfaction and quality of life, access to health care services, and financial impact on individuals and society at large.



Satisfaction with intervention. In 2 of the articles, individuals or their family members reported to be satisfied with the intervention14,20 and said they would recommend it to others as well.20 Both of those studies used teleconferencing to provide access to the intervention to people in rural communities.



Increasing access to the health care services and quality of care. Four of the articles evaluated the impact of intervention on patient’s access to the health care services.14,16,20,22 Specifically, after the interventions individuals had increased access to palliative care information in rural areas where it had previously been unavailable20 as well as actual delivery of clinical care in their home community, thus eliminating the need to travel to urban areas.14,20,22 This increase of access to health care services in rural area had significant effect on time and distance spent traveling. In 1 study, the amount of saving in terms of distance was 471.13 km and time in, 7.96 hours, for each visit.14

In addition, the quality of overall cancer care in rural area was increased. In an early clinical program, to increase access of palliative care in rural communities, the authors reported an increase in the breast conservation from 20% at the start of the program to 70% 2 years after the program was implemented.22 Breast conservation is not a typical outcome for palliative care studies, but the authors highlighted this practice change because of the improved QoL that is associated with the use of breast conservation therapies. In the same study, the authors reported an increased use of curative therapies for other cancers such as lymphoma as well as an increase use of pain management medication.
 

 

 

Financial impact. Two articles described the financial impact of cancer care costs on the patient and society.14,22 In a study by Watanabe and colleagues in Canada,14 the amount of savings after the intervention in terms of travel expenses was C$192.71 for each visit because patients had previously had to travel from their rural communities to urban tertiary hospitals to receive palliative care. For some patients in that study, the amount of saving for expenses was as high as C$500 a visit. In addition, some individuals were not able to travel and would not have received anything if the intervention had not been available remotely.14 In a study by Smith and colleagues in the United States, there was a 62% decrease in the cost to society for each patient, from US$10,233 to US$3,862.22 The factors contributing to that reduction included increasing outpatient services, engaging nurses and primary care providers instead of specialists, and the lower costs of living in rural areas. In addition, the rural hospitals saw an increase in revenue and profits because of higher admission rates ($500,00 for each hospital annually).22
 

Discussion

The articles identified in this review provide some evidence of the potential impact that palliative and supportive oncology interventions could have on PROs for rural residents with advanced cancer. Noteworthy results were seen for impact on reducing physical and emotional symptoms, increasing overall QoL and well-being, increasing satisfaction and access to palliative care, and reducing the overall cost of palliative care for individuals and society.14-18,20-22

Although statistical significance was not observed for most of the symptom assessment, trends toward improved symptom reports were observed. A likely explanation for this finding, is the small sample size or inadequate design to evaluate symptoms as an outcome measure. Three studies were pilot or feasibility projects15,20,21 that were not powered to detect the impact of the intervention on symptoms. In contrast, QoL stands out as an outcome that was positively affected by palliative care interventions. Further research is needed to determine if there are important mediating and moderating factors that contribute to improve QoL that are specific to rural residents. Significant outcomes were also reported for participant satisfaction with the interventions, the increase in access to services, and the decrease in costs.

Although there were not enough studies to determine the efficacy of these interventions, these results suggest that palliative and supportive interventions can have an impact on important patient-reported outcomes, such as symptoms and quality of life, and on health care system outcomes, such as cost. Evidence supporting the extent of the effectiveness of palliative care on various PROs in rural people is limited. None of the studies in this review evaluated the different aspects of palliative care specifically in rural residents.

It is interesting to note that all but one of the interventions used a telehealth approach to deliver the intervention. Telehealth interventions seem to be feasible, acceptable to people in rural areas, and show preliminary evidence that they can have an impact on PROs.

Limitations of this review include only inclusion of publications in English. In addition, some studies in this review include populations that were not exclusively rural residents, which makes it difficult for generalization.
 

Conclusion

Palliative and supportive interventions may improve various PROs in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas. Technologies that support remote access to people in rural areas, such as teleconferencing and videoconferencing, seem particularly promising delivery modalities with their potential to increase access to palliative and supportive interventions in underserved communities. Large-scale studies that are powered to test the impact of palliative care and support oncology interventions on PROs and other aspects of quality care among rural residents with advanced cancer are needed.
 

The authors thank Jennifer DeBerg, Health Science Librarian at the University of Iowa for her assistance in developing the literature search strategies.

People in rural areas have increased rates of advanced cancer and mortality compared with those who live in more affluent and urban areas.1,2 Indeed, a recent report from the Center for Disease Control found that rural residents have higher mortality rates from 5 leading causes of death, including cancer, compared with their urban counterparts.1 Significant challenges facing rural residents are due largely to not having easy access to cancer care and supportive care services.3 In addition, living in a rural area is associated with: a lower socioeconomic status, inadequate health insurance coverage, and less flexible employment that in turn decreases the ability to obtain the full range of supportive oncology services.4 The closest available specialists may be several hours away. Individuals may be unwilling or unable to travel hundreds of miles or more to see a specialist.3 Traveling places financial burdens on patients because of the cost of traveling and loss of work, which can compound the stress and fatigue associated with cancer treatment. People living in rural areas also may have less social support in commuting between their place of living and hospitals.5

Background

Typically, the primary goals of treatment for individuals with advanced cancer are to control the spread of the disease; maintain important patient-reported outcomes (PROs) such as physical, mental, and psychosocial function; and optimize quality of life (QoL). Health-related QoL (ie, the physical and mental health perceptions) are increasingly being used to assess effectiveness of cancer treatment.6 Palliative care and supportive oncology focus on managing physical, social, psychological, and spiritual needs of patients and have been recommended by the American Society of Clinical Oncology to be integrated into standard oncology care.7

People living in rural areas are less likely to get their care within a single health system. Often, their care is divided across multiple facilities and providers, which increases the chances of miscommunication between providers and can lead to inferior clinical outcomes and decreased patient QoL.8 There is a growing body of research describing the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer. Specifically, palliative care has been shown to reduce symptoms, improve QoL, and increase survival.9-11 Differences have been observed in the palliative care needs between people with cancer living in urban and suburban areas.12 It is likely that palliative care needs as well as the impact of palliative care services for people with advanced cancer in rural areas differs from those of their urban and suburban counterparts. Despite the known differences in access to care and impact of cancer between rural and nonrural residents, the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer living in rural areas has not been well described in the literature.

The purpose of this systematic review is to examine effect of palliative care and supportive oncology interventions on QoL in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas.
 

Methods

This systematic review was developed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines.13



Eligibility criteria

To achieve the objective of a systemic review of studies describing supportive oncology and palliative care interventions in rural communities articles had to meet 4 inclusion criteria:

All research methods were eligible, including mixed-methods and program evaluations, as long as the article met the 4 inclusion criteria. Review articles were ineligible for inclusion as only original research was considered.
 

Search process

Search terms were developed by the research team with consultation from a medical librarian. Four main search terms were developed and included: palliative care, supportive oncology, rural, and cancer. Synonyms and terms closely related to the main terms were included in the search using the OR command. Examples of closely related search terms include: Palliative care: palliative; Rural: remote; Cancer: neoplasms (Table).

We systematically searched PyschINFO, PubMed, CINHAL, and Scopus for articles that had been published during 1991-2016 and written in English. Databases were chosen to reflect the different subfields that encompass palliative care and supportive oncology: PyschINFO to capture the psychological perspective, CINHAL to capture the nursing perspective, and PubMed to capture the medical perspective. Finally, Scopus was searched to ensure that articles not indexed by the other databases would be included. The search was limited to the past 25 years to capture the most up-to-date literature.

Selection process

In accordance with PRISMA guidelines, articles underwent an initial screening and an eligibility screening for inclusion in the final review.13 After duplicates were removed, 2 research team members reviewed all abstracts to screen for initial eligibility. Articles that successfully passed the screening process were reviewed in full by 4 research team members. Each member made an independent inclusion decision based on the stated inclusion criteria. Disagreements across team members were resolved through discussion and consensus.
 

 

 

Analysis

The articles that met the inclusion criteria were heterogeneous in design and analytic approach. The set of manuscripts identified, therefore, did not meet the statistical assumptions for meta-analytic data analysis. The analytic plan for this review consisted of sorting the results described in the identified articles into meaningful categories, identifying cross cutting themes, and presenting the results of these themes in narrative forms.
 

Results

Study selection

The search strategy resulted in 886 articles across the 4 databases. The breakdown for each database is as follows: PsychINFO (n = 286), PubMed (n = 194), CINHAL (n = 334), Scopus (n = 72). After duplicates were removed, 864 articles were left and were initially screened resulting in 844 articles being excluded. The remaining 20 articles were reviewed and 12 articles failed to meet the inclusion criteria. Reasons for exclusion included: the population was not rural; no advanced cancer in sample; intervention was not specifically palliative care or supportive oncology. Nine articles representing 8 projects (one project published 2 manuscripts included in this review) were included in the final review (Figure).

After reviewing the articles, 2 clear themes arose: PROs, and overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society. The PRO theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the personal lives experience of rural cancer patients. PROs, such as decreased symptomology, were often reported. The “overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society” theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the lives of rural people and society as a larger group. An example would include results indicating how a program increased access to supportive oncology care in a rural area.
 

Study characteristics

Nine publications, describing 8 projects were included in this review (Table). These projects were conducted in Canada (n = 3)14-16 Australia (n = 1)17 and the United States (n = 5).18-22 All of the the projects used a quantitative approach for the analysis, except 1 that used mixed-methods.16 The studies designs were: 4 feasibilities/pilot studies, 1 randomized control trials (RCT), and 3 program evaluations.





A total of 807 patients participated across the 9 articles. Participants’ age ranged from 20 to 88 years. The average ages for participants ranged from 50.4 to 70.7 years. Overall, there were slightly more men (55%) than women (45%) when all the demographic data were combined across the 9 articles; however, 2 articles exclusively had women as part of the sample.17,20 The cancer types that participants had included: gastrointestinal, genitourinary, breast, lung, brain, kidney, and hematological. Finally, the articles had inconsistent reporting of race/ethnicity data with only 4 studies reporting this information; of the 4 studies, 91% of participants self-identified as white.

The projects targeted multiple PROs, including physical symptoms and psychosocial issues (ie, stress management, grief, mood, emotional distress, coping, self-efficacy, dignity, joy, affection) domains. Publications dates ranged from 1996 to 2013. The sample sizes ranged from 8 to 322; 11.7%-100% of the study population had advanced cancer, and 20%-100% were living in rural area. The duration of the clinical intervention described was 30-120 minutes. The modes of delivery for the palliative intervention were videoconference/videophone (n = 3), telephone/teleconference (n = 3), and in person (n = 2). The interventions were delivered by nurses, psychiatrists, and social workers. In 5 of these studies, participants received palliative care on an individual basis and 2 studies delivered their intervention through groups. The individual basis studies focused on physical aspects of care and the group studies focused on emotional aspects of care.
 

Patient-reported outcomes

Cancer and its treatments are often associated with physical and emotional sequelae that can have a significant impact on patients and therefore PROs. The interventions reviewed in this article often reported data on the reduction of the physical and/or emotional symptom burden of cancer as well as overall QoL.



Reduction in physical symptoms. Three articles included physical symptoms as an outcome measure. Of those, 2 were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial. Common physical symptoms included: shortness of breath, pain, fatigue, nausea, and appetite change. Across the articles, the Edmonton Symptom Assessment Scale (ESAS), a 10-item inventory of common cancer symptoms, was frequently used to measure of symptom scores in these interventions.14,15,19 The ESAS is an empirically validated measure that is used in palliative care research and clinical practice. Individuals are asked to rank 10 common symptoms on an ascending scale from 1 to 10 (0, the symptom is absent; 10, worst possible severity).23

 

 

The findings from these 3 research studies were encouraging. In a large randomized control trial of a supportive education program, researchers reported decreased physical symptom intensity after the intervention, however the change did not reach statistical significance.18 Similar findings were reported in a videoconferencing and a home health program to improve access of palliative and supportive oncology health care.14,15 Physical symptoms that had decreasing trends were pain, tiredness, and appetite, however, trends for shortness of breath found increasing severity.14,15 Although these trends were observed, it is important to note that scores on the ESAS did not reach statistical significance for physical symptoms in any of these studies.
 

Reduction in emotional symptom reduction. In addition to reducing physical symptoms, researchers also sought to understand the impact of programs on the emotional symptoms of cancer including: anxiety, depression, negative affect, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Five articles included emotional symptoms as an outcome measure. Four were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Results across studies indicated an observable decrease in the severity of anxiety and depression for those exposed to an intervention program.14,15,18,19 Again, although trends were found, the results were not statistically significant. Only Watanabe and colleagues14 reported a statistically significant a decrease in anxiety in participants after the implementation of a rural palliative care videoconference consultation program. One report indicated that data on depression severity was collected but was not analyzed because of a small sample size.21

O’Brien and colleagues17 also collected data on negative affect and found that participants who participated in a supportive-expressive therapy group had a reduction in the negative affect as measured by the Derogatis Affects Balance Scale (ABS). Other researchers found no change in emotional distress.15

Finally, Collie and colleagues20 also measured the impact of a videoconference support group of PTSD symptomology for people with breast cancer in rural areas. Their results indicated a statistically significant decrease on the PTSD Checklist-Specific after intervention. Analysis of the data also found a medium effect size. Participants in the intervention group spoke about how participation in the support group allowed them to be generative and share information about breast cancer as well as build an emotional bond with other women with cancer.
 

Overall quality of life and well-being. Researchers have also looked into impact of intervention on overall QoL. Two articles included QoL or Well-being as an outcome measure. One was a pilot study and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Bakitas and colleagues18,19 found that those enrolled in the intervention arm of their study had higher QoL scores on the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy-General (FACT-G) compared with those in the control arm. These results were also found in an analysis of data from participants who subsequently died during the intervention. Improvements in overall well-being were also found by O’Brien and colleagues17 using ABS. They reported that a post hoc comparison of participants’ total positive affect score was significantly higher at the 12-month follow-up. In addition, the authors also noted qualitative improvements in well-being, including increased effort to be at the support group and the low attrition rates.
 

Overall impact of rural palliative care on individuals and society. In addition to reducing physical and emotional symptoms in patients, several of the articles also addressed other measures of the overall impact of the intervention or program on society as a whole. The authors evaluated patient satisfaction and quality of life, access to health care services, and financial impact on individuals and society at large.



Satisfaction with intervention. In 2 of the articles, individuals or their family members reported to be satisfied with the intervention14,20 and said they would recommend it to others as well.20 Both of those studies used teleconferencing to provide access to the intervention to people in rural communities.



Increasing access to the health care services and quality of care. Four of the articles evaluated the impact of intervention on patient’s access to the health care services.14,16,20,22 Specifically, after the interventions individuals had increased access to palliative care information in rural areas where it had previously been unavailable20 as well as actual delivery of clinical care in their home community, thus eliminating the need to travel to urban areas.14,20,22 This increase of access to health care services in rural area had significant effect on time and distance spent traveling. In 1 study, the amount of saving in terms of distance was 471.13 km and time in, 7.96 hours, for each visit.14

In addition, the quality of overall cancer care in rural area was increased. In an early clinical program, to increase access of palliative care in rural communities, the authors reported an increase in the breast conservation from 20% at the start of the program to 70% 2 years after the program was implemented.22 Breast conservation is not a typical outcome for palliative care studies, but the authors highlighted this practice change because of the improved QoL that is associated with the use of breast conservation therapies. In the same study, the authors reported an increased use of curative therapies for other cancers such as lymphoma as well as an increase use of pain management medication.
 

 

 

Financial impact. Two articles described the financial impact of cancer care costs on the patient and society.14,22 In a study by Watanabe and colleagues in Canada,14 the amount of savings after the intervention in terms of travel expenses was C$192.71 for each visit because patients had previously had to travel from their rural communities to urban tertiary hospitals to receive palliative care. For some patients in that study, the amount of saving for expenses was as high as C$500 a visit. In addition, some individuals were not able to travel and would not have received anything if the intervention had not been available remotely.14 In a study by Smith and colleagues in the United States, there was a 62% decrease in the cost to society for each patient, from US$10,233 to US$3,862.22 The factors contributing to that reduction included increasing outpatient services, engaging nurses and primary care providers instead of specialists, and the lower costs of living in rural areas. In addition, the rural hospitals saw an increase in revenue and profits because of higher admission rates ($500,00 for each hospital annually).22
 

Discussion

The articles identified in this review provide some evidence of the potential impact that palliative and supportive oncology interventions could have on PROs for rural residents with advanced cancer. Noteworthy results were seen for impact on reducing physical and emotional symptoms, increasing overall QoL and well-being, increasing satisfaction and access to palliative care, and reducing the overall cost of palliative care for individuals and society.14-18,20-22

Although statistical significance was not observed for most of the symptom assessment, trends toward improved symptom reports were observed. A likely explanation for this finding, is the small sample size or inadequate design to evaluate symptoms as an outcome measure. Three studies were pilot or feasibility projects15,20,21 that were not powered to detect the impact of the intervention on symptoms. In contrast, QoL stands out as an outcome that was positively affected by palliative care interventions. Further research is needed to determine if there are important mediating and moderating factors that contribute to improve QoL that are specific to rural residents. Significant outcomes were also reported for participant satisfaction with the interventions, the increase in access to services, and the decrease in costs.

Although there were not enough studies to determine the efficacy of these interventions, these results suggest that palliative and supportive interventions can have an impact on important patient-reported outcomes, such as symptoms and quality of life, and on health care system outcomes, such as cost. Evidence supporting the extent of the effectiveness of palliative care on various PROs in rural people is limited. None of the studies in this review evaluated the different aspects of palliative care specifically in rural residents.

It is interesting to note that all but one of the interventions used a telehealth approach to deliver the intervention. Telehealth interventions seem to be feasible, acceptable to people in rural areas, and show preliminary evidence that they can have an impact on PROs.

Limitations of this review include only inclusion of publications in English. In addition, some studies in this review include populations that were not exclusively rural residents, which makes it difficult for generalization.
 

Conclusion

Palliative and supportive interventions may improve various PROs in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas. Technologies that support remote access to people in rural areas, such as teleconferencing and videoconferencing, seem particularly promising delivery modalities with their potential to increase access to palliative and supportive interventions in underserved communities. Large-scale studies that are powered to test the impact of palliative care and support oncology interventions on PROs and other aspects of quality care among rural residents with advanced cancer are needed.
 

The authors thank Jennifer DeBerg, Health Science Librarian at the University of Iowa for her assistance in developing the literature search strategies.

References

1. Moy E, Garcia MC, Bastian B, et al. Leading causes of death in nonmetropolitan and metropolitan areas – United States, 1999-2014 [published correction at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/wr/mm6603a11.htm]. MMWR Surveillance Summaries [serial online]. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/ss/ss6601a1.htm?s_cid=ss6601a1_w. Published January 13, 2017. Accessed January 20, 2017.

2. Singh GK, Williams SD, Siahpush M, Mulhollen A. Socioeconomic, rural-urban, and racial inequalities in US Cancer Mortality: Part I – All cancers and lung cancer and Part II – Colorectal, prostate, breast, and cervical cancers. https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jce/2011/107497/. Published 2011. Accessed April 28, 2017.

3. Charlton M, Schlichting J, Chioreso C, Ward M, Vikas P. Challenges of rural cancer care in the United States. Oncology (Williston Park). 2015;29(9):633-640.

4. Weaver KE, Geiger AM, Lu L, Case LD. Rural‐urban disparities in health status among US cancer survivors. Cancer. 2013;119(5):1050-1057.

5. Fuchsia Howard A, Smillie K, Turnbull K, et al. Access to medical and supportive care for rural and remote cancer survivors in northern British Columbia. J Rural Health. 2014;30(3):311-321.

6. Bottomley A, Aaronson NK. International perspective on health-related quality-of-life research in cancer clinical trials: the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer experience. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(32):5082-5086.

7. Smith TJ, Temin S, Alesi ER, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology provisional clinical opinion: the integration of palliative care into standard oncology care. J Clin Oncol. 2012;30(8):880-887.

8. Baldwin LM, Cai Y, Larson EH, et al. Access to cancer services for rural colorectal cancer patients. J Rural Health. 2008;24(4):390-399.

9. Temel JS, Greer JA, Muzikansky A, et al. Early palliative care for patients with metastatic non-small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(8):733-742.

10. McCorkle R, Jeon S, Ercolano E, et al. An advanced practice nurse coordinated multidisciplinary intervention for patients with late-stage cancer: a cluster randomized trial. J Palliat Med. 2015;18(11):962-969.

11. Zimmermann C, Swami N, Krzyzanowska M, et al. Early palliative care for patients with advanced cancer: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2014;383(9930):1721-1730.

12. Regn R, Robinson W, Robinson WR. Differences in palliative care needs among cancer survivors in an inner city academic facility versus a suburban community facility. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33(29_suppl):61.

13. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;339:b2535.

14. Watanabe SM, Fairchild A, Pituskin E, Borgersen P, Hanson J, Fassbender K. Improving access to specialist multidisciplinary palliative care consultation for rural cancer patients by videoconferencing: report of a pilot project. Support Care Cancer. 2013;21(4):1201-1207.

15. Howell D, Marshall D, Brazil K, et al. A shared care model pilot for palliative home care in a rural area: impact on symptoms, distress, and place of death. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2011;42(1):60-75.

16. Stern A, Valaitis R, Weir R, Jadad AR. Use of home telehealth in palliative cancer care: a case study. J Telemed Telecare. 2012;18(5):297-300.

17. O’Brien M, Harris J, King R, O’Brien T. Supportive-expressive group therapy for women with metastatic breast cancer: Improving access for Australian women through use of teleconference. Counselling Psychother Res. 2008;8(1):28-35.

18. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. The project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial to improve palliative care for rural patients with advanced cancer: baseline findings, methodological challenges, and solutions. Palliat Supportive Care. 2009;7(1):75-86.

19. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. Effects of a palliative care intervention on clinical outcomes in patients with advanced cancer: the Project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2009;302(7):741-749.

20. Collie K, Kreshka MA, Ferrier S, et al. Videoconferencing for delivery of breast cancer support groups to women living in rural communities: a pilot study. Psychooncology. 2007;16(8):778-782.

21. Passik SD, Kirsh KL, Leibee S, et al. A feasibility study of dignity psychotherapy delivered via telemedicine. Palliat Support Care. 2004;2(2):149-155.

22. Smith TJ, Desch CE, Grasso MA, et al. The Rural Cancer Outreach Program: clinical and financial analysis of palliative and curative care for an underserved population. Cancer Treat Rev. 1996;22(Suppl A):97-101.

23. Bruera E, Kuehn N, Miller MJ, Selmser P, Macmillan K. The Edmonton Symptom Assessment System (ESAS): a simple method for the assessment of palliative care patients. J Palliat Care. 1991;7(2):6-9.

References

1. Moy E, Garcia MC, Bastian B, et al. Leading causes of death in nonmetropolitan and metropolitan areas – United States, 1999-2014 [published correction at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/wr/mm6603a11.htm]. MMWR Surveillance Summaries [serial online]. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/ss/ss6601a1.htm?s_cid=ss6601a1_w. Published January 13, 2017. Accessed January 20, 2017.

2. Singh GK, Williams SD, Siahpush M, Mulhollen A. Socioeconomic, rural-urban, and racial inequalities in US Cancer Mortality: Part I – All cancers and lung cancer and Part II – Colorectal, prostate, breast, and cervical cancers. https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jce/2011/107497/. Published 2011. Accessed April 28, 2017.

3. Charlton M, Schlichting J, Chioreso C, Ward M, Vikas P. Challenges of rural cancer care in the United States. Oncology (Williston Park). 2015;29(9):633-640.

4. Weaver KE, Geiger AM, Lu L, Case LD. Rural‐urban disparities in health status among US cancer survivors. Cancer. 2013;119(5):1050-1057.

5. Fuchsia Howard A, Smillie K, Turnbull K, et al. Access to medical and supportive care for rural and remote cancer survivors in northern British Columbia. J Rural Health. 2014;30(3):311-321.

6. Bottomley A, Aaronson NK. International perspective on health-related quality-of-life research in cancer clinical trials: the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer experience. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(32):5082-5086.

7. Smith TJ, Temin S, Alesi ER, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology provisional clinical opinion: the integration of palliative care into standard oncology care. J Clin Oncol. 2012;30(8):880-887.

8. Baldwin LM, Cai Y, Larson EH, et al. Access to cancer services for rural colorectal cancer patients. J Rural Health. 2008;24(4):390-399.

9. Temel JS, Greer JA, Muzikansky A, et al. Early palliative care for patients with metastatic non-small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(8):733-742.

10. McCorkle R, Jeon S, Ercolano E, et al. An advanced practice nurse coordinated multidisciplinary intervention for patients with late-stage cancer: a cluster randomized trial. J Palliat Med. 2015;18(11):962-969.

11. Zimmermann C, Swami N, Krzyzanowska M, et al. Early palliative care for patients with advanced cancer: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2014;383(9930):1721-1730.

12. Regn R, Robinson W, Robinson WR. Differences in palliative care needs among cancer survivors in an inner city academic facility versus a suburban community facility. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33(29_suppl):61.

13. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;339:b2535.

14. Watanabe SM, Fairchild A, Pituskin E, Borgersen P, Hanson J, Fassbender K. Improving access to specialist multidisciplinary palliative care consultation for rural cancer patients by videoconferencing: report of a pilot project. Support Care Cancer. 2013;21(4):1201-1207.

15. Howell D, Marshall D, Brazil K, et al. A shared care model pilot for palliative home care in a rural area: impact on symptoms, distress, and place of death. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2011;42(1):60-75.

16. Stern A, Valaitis R, Weir R, Jadad AR. Use of home telehealth in palliative cancer care: a case study. J Telemed Telecare. 2012;18(5):297-300.

17. O’Brien M, Harris J, King R, O’Brien T. Supportive-expressive group therapy for women with metastatic breast cancer: Improving access for Australian women through use of teleconference. Counselling Psychother Res. 2008;8(1):28-35.

18. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. The project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial to improve palliative care for rural patients with advanced cancer: baseline findings, methodological challenges, and solutions. Palliat Supportive Care. 2009;7(1):75-86.

19. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. Effects of a palliative care intervention on clinical outcomes in patients with advanced cancer: the Project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2009;302(7):741-749.

20. Collie K, Kreshka MA, Ferrier S, et al. Videoconferencing for delivery of breast cancer support groups to women living in rural communities: a pilot study. Psychooncology. 2007;16(8):778-782.

21. Passik SD, Kirsh KL, Leibee S, et al. A feasibility study of dignity psychotherapy delivered via telemedicine. Palliat Support Care. 2004;2(2):149-155.

22. Smith TJ, Desch CE, Grasso MA, et al. The Rural Cancer Outreach Program: clinical and financial analysis of palliative and curative care for an underserved population. Cancer Treat Rev. 1996;22(Suppl A):97-101.

23. Bruera E, Kuehn N, Miller MJ, Selmser P, Macmillan K. The Edmonton Symptom Assessment System (ESAS): a simple method for the assessment of palliative care patients. J Palliat Care. 1991;7(2):6-9.

Issue
The Journal of Community and Supportive Oncology - 15(5)
Issue
The Journal of Community and Supportive Oncology - 15(5)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Citation Override
JCSO 2017;15(5):e248-e255
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

Improving Handoffs: Teaching beyond “Watch One, Do One”

Article Type
Changed

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Lee et al.1 describe a randomized trial to assess the effectiveness of four different approaches to teaching handoffs with the goal of improving process measures related to interns’ handoffs. The Society of Hospital Medicine (SHM), The Joint Commission (TJC), Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), and others have all emphasized the importance of high-quality handoffs as an essential component of safe patient care.2-4 The ACGME specifically requires that all institutions that sponsor ACGME-accredited programs provide both structure and monitoring, and the SHM complements this with evidence-based guidelines for handoffs.

Lee’s team trained 4 groups of residents in handoffs using 4 different hour-long sessions, each with a different focus and educational format. A control group received a 1-hour didactic, which they had already heard; an I-PASS–based training group included role plays; and Policy Mandate and PDSA (Plan, Do, Study, Act) groups included group discussions. The prioritization of content in the sessions varied considerably among the groups, and the results should be interpreted within the context of the variation in both delivery and content.

Consistent with the focus of each intervention, the I-PASS–based training group had the greatest improvement in transfer of patient information, the policy mandate training group (focused on specific tasks) had the greatest improvement in task accountability, and the PDSA-training group (focused on intern-driven improvements) had the greatest improvement in personal responsibility. The control 60-minute didactic group did not show significant improvement in any domains. The lack of improvement in the control group doesn’t imply that the content wasn’t valuable, just that repetition didn’t add anything to baseline. One takeaway from the primary results of this study is that residents are likely to practice and improve what they are taught, and therefore, faculty should teach them purposefully. If residents aren’t taught handoff skills, they are unlikely to master them.

The interventions used in this study are neither mutually exclusive nor duplicative. In the final conclusions, the authors described the potential for a curriculum that includes elements from all 3 interventions. One could certainly imagine a handoff training program that includes elements of the I-PASS handoff bundle including role plays, additional emphasis on personal responsibility for specific tasks, as well as a focus on PDSA cycles of improvement for handoff processes. This likely could be accomplished with efficiency and might add only an hour to the 1-hour trainings. Evidence from the I-PASS study5 suggests that improving handoffs can decrease medical errors by 21% and adverse events by 30%; this certainly seems worth the time.

Checklist-based observation tools can provide valuable data to assess handoffs.6 Lee’s study used a checklist based on TJC recommendations, and the 17 checklist elements overlapped somewhat with the SHM guidelines,2 providing some evidence for content validity. The dependent variable was total number of checklist items included in handoffs, a methodology that assumes that all handoff elements are equally important (eg, gender is weighted equally to if-then plans). This checklist also has a large proportion of items related to 2-way and closed-loop communication and therefore, places heavy weight on this component of handoffs. Adapting this checklist into an assessment tool would require additional validity evidence but could make it a very useful tool for completing handoff assessments and providing meaningful feedback.

The ideal data collection instrument would also include outcome measures, in addition to process measures. Improvements in outcome measures such as medical errors and adverse events, are more difficult to document but also provide more valuable data about the impact of curricula. In designing new hybrid curricula, it will be extremely important to focus on those outcomes that reflect the greatest impact on patient safety.

Finally, this study reminds us that the delivery modes of curricula are important factors in learning. The control group received an exclusively didactic presentation that they had heard before, while the other 3 groups had interactive components including role plays and group discussions. The improvements in different domains with different training formats provide evidence for the complementary nature. Interactive curricula involving role plays, simulations, and small-group discussions are more resource-intense than simple didactics, but they are also likely to be more impactful.

Teaching and assessing the quality of handoffs is critical to the safe practice of medicine. New ACGME duty hour requirements, which began in July, will allow for increased flexibility allowing longer shifts with shorter breaks.7 Regardless of the shift/call schedules programs design for their trainees, safe handoffs are essential. The strategies described here may be useful for helping institutions improve patient safety through better handoffs. This study adds to the bulk of data demonstrating that handoffs are a skill that should be both taught and assessed during residency training.

 

 

References

1. Lee SH, Terndrup C, Phan PH, et al. A Randomized Cohort Controlled Trial to Compare Intern Sign-Out Training Interventions. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):979-983.
2. Arora VM, Manjarrez E, Dressler DD, Basaviah P, Halasyamani L, Kripalani S. Hospitalist handoffs: a systematic review and task force recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2009;4(7):433-440. PubMed
3. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017. https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements Accessed November 10, 2017.
4. The Joint Commission. Improving Transitions of Care: Hand-off Communications. 2013; http://www.centerfortransforminghealthcare.org/tst_hoc.aspx. Accessed November 10, 2017.
5. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(19):1803-1812. PubMed
6. Feraco AM, Starmer AJ, Sectish TC, Spector ND, West DC, Landrigan CP. Reliability of Verbal Handoff Assessment and Handoff Quality Before and After Implementation of a Resident Handoff Bundle. Acad Pediatr. 2016;16(6):524-531. PubMed
7. Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017; https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements. Accessed on June 12, 2017. 

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
1022-1023
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Lee et al.1 describe a randomized trial to assess the effectiveness of four different approaches to teaching handoffs with the goal of improving process measures related to interns’ handoffs. The Society of Hospital Medicine (SHM), The Joint Commission (TJC), Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), and others have all emphasized the importance of high-quality handoffs as an essential component of safe patient care.2-4 The ACGME specifically requires that all institutions that sponsor ACGME-accredited programs provide both structure and monitoring, and the SHM complements this with evidence-based guidelines for handoffs.

Lee’s team trained 4 groups of residents in handoffs using 4 different hour-long sessions, each with a different focus and educational format. A control group received a 1-hour didactic, which they had already heard; an I-PASS–based training group included role plays; and Policy Mandate and PDSA (Plan, Do, Study, Act) groups included group discussions. The prioritization of content in the sessions varied considerably among the groups, and the results should be interpreted within the context of the variation in both delivery and content.

Consistent with the focus of each intervention, the I-PASS–based training group had the greatest improvement in transfer of patient information, the policy mandate training group (focused on specific tasks) had the greatest improvement in task accountability, and the PDSA-training group (focused on intern-driven improvements) had the greatest improvement in personal responsibility. The control 60-minute didactic group did not show significant improvement in any domains. The lack of improvement in the control group doesn’t imply that the content wasn’t valuable, just that repetition didn’t add anything to baseline. One takeaway from the primary results of this study is that residents are likely to practice and improve what they are taught, and therefore, faculty should teach them purposefully. If residents aren’t taught handoff skills, they are unlikely to master them.

The interventions used in this study are neither mutually exclusive nor duplicative. In the final conclusions, the authors described the potential for a curriculum that includes elements from all 3 interventions. One could certainly imagine a handoff training program that includes elements of the I-PASS handoff bundle including role plays, additional emphasis on personal responsibility for specific tasks, as well as a focus on PDSA cycles of improvement for handoff processes. This likely could be accomplished with efficiency and might add only an hour to the 1-hour trainings. Evidence from the I-PASS study5 suggests that improving handoffs can decrease medical errors by 21% and adverse events by 30%; this certainly seems worth the time.

Checklist-based observation tools can provide valuable data to assess handoffs.6 Lee’s study used a checklist based on TJC recommendations, and the 17 checklist elements overlapped somewhat with the SHM guidelines,2 providing some evidence for content validity. The dependent variable was total number of checklist items included in handoffs, a methodology that assumes that all handoff elements are equally important (eg, gender is weighted equally to if-then plans). This checklist also has a large proportion of items related to 2-way and closed-loop communication and therefore, places heavy weight on this component of handoffs. Adapting this checklist into an assessment tool would require additional validity evidence but could make it a very useful tool for completing handoff assessments and providing meaningful feedback.

The ideal data collection instrument would also include outcome measures, in addition to process measures. Improvements in outcome measures such as medical errors and adverse events, are more difficult to document but also provide more valuable data about the impact of curricula. In designing new hybrid curricula, it will be extremely important to focus on those outcomes that reflect the greatest impact on patient safety.

Finally, this study reminds us that the delivery modes of curricula are important factors in learning. The control group received an exclusively didactic presentation that they had heard before, while the other 3 groups had interactive components including role plays and group discussions. The improvements in different domains with different training formats provide evidence for the complementary nature. Interactive curricula involving role plays, simulations, and small-group discussions are more resource-intense than simple didactics, but they are also likely to be more impactful.

Teaching and assessing the quality of handoffs is critical to the safe practice of medicine. New ACGME duty hour requirements, which began in July, will allow for increased flexibility allowing longer shifts with shorter breaks.7 Regardless of the shift/call schedules programs design for their trainees, safe handoffs are essential. The strategies described here may be useful for helping institutions improve patient safety through better handoffs. This study adds to the bulk of data demonstrating that handoffs are a skill that should be both taught and assessed during residency training.

 

 

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Lee et al.1 describe a randomized trial to assess the effectiveness of four different approaches to teaching handoffs with the goal of improving process measures related to interns’ handoffs. The Society of Hospital Medicine (SHM), The Joint Commission (TJC), Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), and others have all emphasized the importance of high-quality handoffs as an essential component of safe patient care.2-4 The ACGME specifically requires that all institutions that sponsor ACGME-accredited programs provide both structure and monitoring, and the SHM complements this with evidence-based guidelines for handoffs.

Lee’s team trained 4 groups of residents in handoffs using 4 different hour-long sessions, each with a different focus and educational format. A control group received a 1-hour didactic, which they had already heard; an I-PASS–based training group included role plays; and Policy Mandate and PDSA (Plan, Do, Study, Act) groups included group discussions. The prioritization of content in the sessions varied considerably among the groups, and the results should be interpreted within the context of the variation in both delivery and content.

Consistent with the focus of each intervention, the I-PASS–based training group had the greatest improvement in transfer of patient information, the policy mandate training group (focused on specific tasks) had the greatest improvement in task accountability, and the PDSA-training group (focused on intern-driven improvements) had the greatest improvement in personal responsibility. The control 60-minute didactic group did not show significant improvement in any domains. The lack of improvement in the control group doesn’t imply that the content wasn’t valuable, just that repetition didn’t add anything to baseline. One takeaway from the primary results of this study is that residents are likely to practice and improve what they are taught, and therefore, faculty should teach them purposefully. If residents aren’t taught handoff skills, they are unlikely to master them.

The interventions used in this study are neither mutually exclusive nor duplicative. In the final conclusions, the authors described the potential for a curriculum that includes elements from all 3 interventions. One could certainly imagine a handoff training program that includes elements of the I-PASS handoff bundle including role plays, additional emphasis on personal responsibility for specific tasks, as well as a focus on PDSA cycles of improvement for handoff processes. This likely could be accomplished with efficiency and might add only an hour to the 1-hour trainings. Evidence from the I-PASS study5 suggests that improving handoffs can decrease medical errors by 21% and adverse events by 30%; this certainly seems worth the time.

Checklist-based observation tools can provide valuable data to assess handoffs.6 Lee’s study used a checklist based on TJC recommendations, and the 17 checklist elements overlapped somewhat with the SHM guidelines,2 providing some evidence for content validity. The dependent variable was total number of checklist items included in handoffs, a methodology that assumes that all handoff elements are equally important (eg, gender is weighted equally to if-then plans). This checklist also has a large proportion of items related to 2-way and closed-loop communication and therefore, places heavy weight on this component of handoffs. Adapting this checklist into an assessment tool would require additional validity evidence but could make it a very useful tool for completing handoff assessments and providing meaningful feedback.

The ideal data collection instrument would also include outcome measures, in addition to process measures. Improvements in outcome measures such as medical errors and adverse events, are more difficult to document but also provide more valuable data about the impact of curricula. In designing new hybrid curricula, it will be extremely important to focus on those outcomes that reflect the greatest impact on patient safety.

Finally, this study reminds us that the delivery modes of curricula are important factors in learning. The control group received an exclusively didactic presentation that they had heard before, while the other 3 groups had interactive components including role plays and group discussions. The improvements in different domains with different training formats provide evidence for the complementary nature. Interactive curricula involving role plays, simulations, and small-group discussions are more resource-intense than simple didactics, but they are also likely to be more impactful.

Teaching and assessing the quality of handoffs is critical to the safe practice of medicine. New ACGME duty hour requirements, which began in July, will allow for increased flexibility allowing longer shifts with shorter breaks.7 Regardless of the shift/call schedules programs design for their trainees, safe handoffs are essential. The strategies described here may be useful for helping institutions improve patient safety through better handoffs. This study adds to the bulk of data demonstrating that handoffs are a skill that should be both taught and assessed during residency training.

 

 

References

1. Lee SH, Terndrup C, Phan PH, et al. A Randomized Cohort Controlled Trial to Compare Intern Sign-Out Training Interventions. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):979-983.
2. Arora VM, Manjarrez E, Dressler DD, Basaviah P, Halasyamani L, Kripalani S. Hospitalist handoffs: a systematic review and task force recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2009;4(7):433-440. PubMed
3. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017. https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements Accessed November 10, 2017.
4. The Joint Commission. Improving Transitions of Care: Hand-off Communications. 2013; http://www.centerfortransforminghealthcare.org/tst_hoc.aspx. Accessed November 10, 2017.
5. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(19):1803-1812. PubMed
6. Feraco AM, Starmer AJ, Sectish TC, Spector ND, West DC, Landrigan CP. Reliability of Verbal Handoff Assessment and Handoff Quality Before and After Implementation of a Resident Handoff Bundle. Acad Pediatr. 2016;16(6):524-531. PubMed
7. Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017; https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements. Accessed on June 12, 2017. 

References

1. Lee SH, Terndrup C, Phan PH, et al. A Randomized Cohort Controlled Trial to Compare Intern Sign-Out Training Interventions. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):979-983.
2. Arora VM, Manjarrez E, Dressler DD, Basaviah P, Halasyamani L, Kripalani S. Hospitalist handoffs: a systematic review and task force recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2009;4(7):433-440. PubMed
3. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017. https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements Accessed November 10, 2017.
4. The Joint Commission. Improving Transitions of Care: Hand-off Communications. 2013; http://www.centerfortransforminghealthcare.org/tst_hoc.aspx. Accessed November 10, 2017.
5. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(19):1803-1812. PubMed
6. Feraco AM, Starmer AJ, Sectish TC, Spector ND, West DC, Landrigan CP. Reliability of Verbal Handoff Assessment and Handoff Quality Before and After Implementation of a Resident Handoff Bundle. Acad Pediatr. 2016;16(6):524-531. PubMed
7. Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017; https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements. Accessed on June 12, 2017. 

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
1022-1023
Page Number
1022-1023
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Glenn Rosenbluth, MD, Department of Pediatrics, 550 16th Street, 5th floor, San Francisco, CA 94143-0110; Telephone: 415-476-9180; Fax: 415-476-4009; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media